Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,702 missions · 912 completed

Missions

Open790Completed912All1702
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Finding Minimum-Cost Circulations by Successive Approximation I: The Generic Refine Subroutine Stops Within 3n(n − 1) + 3nm + 3n²(m + n) Update Operations at an ε-Optimal CirculationResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimum-cost circulation asks how to route flow around a directed network without accumulating flow at any vertex, while minimizing the total cost of the routed units. It is a basic network optimization problem: lower-bound and demand constraints in many flow models can be converted into circulation form. Goldberg and Tarjan's 1987 technical report develops a successive-approximation approach in which a local repair subroutine, refine, improves an approximately optimal circulation. The report was followed by a 1990 journal article; all theorem numbers and page citations in this mission refer to the 1987 report.

The mission isolates the generic form of refine, where an implementation may choose any applicable update at each step. Its question is whether every such choice sequence finishes after a controlled number of operations and returns a circulation with a stronger optimality certificate. The related Goldberg–Tarjan maximum-flow algorithm uses push and relabel operations with distance labels; here the labels are real-valued prices tied to arc costs. The authors' cycle-canceling work uses the same circulation network model and supplies published definitions reused in this development.

Setting

A circulation network has a finite vertex set VVV and a symmetric set EEE of directed arcs: whenever (v,w)(v,w)(v,w) is an arc, so is (w,v)(w,v)(w,v). Let n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣ and m=∣E∣m=|E|m=∣E∣, counting both orientations. Each arc has a real capacity u(v,w)u(v,w)u(v,w) and cost c(v,w)c(v,w)c(v,w), with c(v,w)=−c(w,v)c(v,w)=-c(w,v)c(v,w)=−c(w,v). A pseudoflow fff respects capacities and the paired-arc relation f(v,w)=−f(w,v)f(v,w)=-f(w,v)f(v,w)=−f(w,v). Its excess ef(v)e_f(v)ef​(v) is the sum of flow entering vvv. A circulation is a pseudoflow with zero excess everywhere. The already published CycleCanceling.MinMean.Network supplies this network, its circulation predicate, and residual capacity uf(v,w)=u(v,w)−f(v,w)u_f(v,w)=u(v,w)-f(v,w)uf​(v,w)=u(v,w)−f(v,w). An arc is residual when this capacity is positive.

A price function p:V→Rp:V\to\mathbb Rp:V→R changes an arc's reduced cost to cp(v,w)=c(v,w)−p(v)+p(w)c_p(v,w)=c(v,w)-p(v)+p(w)cp​(v,w)=c(v,w)−p(v)+p(w). A pseudoflow is ε\varepsilonε-optimal with respect to ppp when every residual arc has reduced cost at least −ε-\varepsilon−ε. A vertex is active when its excess is positive. An admissible arc is a residual arc of negative reduced cost. Refine takes an input circulation that is 2ε2\varepsilon2ε-optimal, saturates every arc whose reduced cost is negative, and then repeatedly applies an available update. A push sends flow from an active vertex along an admissible arc. A relabel raises the price of an active vertex with no outgoing admissible arc to the largest value permitted by ε\varepsilonε-optimality. These rules are Figures 4 and 5, printed pages 18–19.

Formalization targets

The supporting targets are the paper's progress and correctness results, its price bound, and the three operation counts. For any generic refine run from a 2ε2\varepsilon2ε-optimal circulation, Lemma 5.8 bounds each vertex's price increase by 3nε3n\varepsilon3nε. Lemmas 5.9–5.11 bound the numbers R,S,TR,S,TR,S,T of relabelings, saturating pushes, and nonsaturating pushes:

R≤3n(n−1),S≤3nm,T≤3n2(m+n).R\leq 3n(n-1),\qquad S\leq 3nm,\qquad T\leq 3n^2(m+n).R≤3n(n−1),S≤3nm,T≤3n2(m+n).

The goal combines the resulting bound on the number KKK of updates with progress and correctness:

K≤3n(n−1)+3nm+3n2(m+n).K\leq 3n(n-1)+3nm+3n^2(m+n).K≤3n(n−1)+3nm+3n2(m+n).

If the final state has an active vertex, another update exists. If no update applies, the final pseudoflow is a circulation and is ε\varepsilonε-optimal with respect to its final prices. This is the explicit operation-count content behind the generic subroutine's analysis in Section 5. It does not claim a bound for a particular data structure or a complete minimum-cost algorithm.

Significance

The theorem gives an order-independent finite bound: the choice of which applicable push or relabel to perform cannot cause generic refine to run forever or stop with an active vertex. Its output is a circulation whose approximate-optimality tolerance has been halved. That output can serve as the next input in the successive-approximation framework. For integral costs, the report's Theorem 2.3 later turns a sufficiently small tolerance into exact minimum cost; that outer-loop result is outside this mission.

This mission specifies the generic cost-scaling state machine in Lean and poses its quantitative analysis as open formalization targets. The shared network and circulation definitions from the published Goldberg–Tarjan 1989 series are available, and a related generic maximum-flow theorem in the 1988 series has a machine-checked proof. Those results do not prove refine's price-based bounds. Contributions that establish the paper's progress, price, or counting statements for this state machine, and reusable facts about finite residual networks, advance the open goal.

Difficulty

A push respects a capacity, but it can create activity at another vertex; a relabel changes which arcs are admissible. Thus checking a single update does not bound an arbitrary sequence. The price bound also depends on the circulation and prices supplied at entry, not merely on the current pseudoflow being ε\varepsilonε-optimal. Finally, a vertex with no admissible outgoing arc may appear to be stuck when the relabel minimum is over an empty set. Feasibility of the original circulation network is needed to establish that an active vertex still has a genuine next update. The operation bound requires accounting for the three update types across every possible choice sequence.

Formalization scope

Vertices form a finite type, and capacities, costs, flows, and prices are real-valued functions. The network has symmetric ordered arcs and antisymmetric costs. There is no separate nonnegativity assumption on capacities; feasibility is supplied by the input circulation. The new ε\varepsilonε is positive, so the entry circulation is 2ε2\varepsilon2ε-optimal before Figure 4 halves the error parameter. The run starts from the resulting saturated pseudoflow and records one applicable push or relabel per index k<Kk<Kk<K. Counts classify those actual steps by the selected arc's residual capacity after a push. Termination is the negation of the paper's loop guard, not a definition that assumes zero excess.

The reduced-cost sign is c−p(v)+p(w)c-p(v)+p(w)c−p(v)+p(w), and relabel raises p(v)p(v)p(v). This differs from the published 1989 epsilon-optimality definition, so only its network model is imported. The relabel relation requires an attained minimum over a nonempty set of outgoing residual arcs; it assigns no default value to an empty minimum. Loops may occur in the reused network model, but cost antisymmetry makes their reduced cost zero, so they cannot be push arcs. The explicit constants are the report's 3nε3n\varepsilon3nε, 3n(n−1)3n(n-1)3n(n−1), 3nm3nm3nm, and 3n2(m+n)3n^2(m+n)3n2(m+n); the goal sums the last three. The report's RAM-model O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) running times are outside the formal statements. A definition that makes termination equivalent to conservation or assigns an arbitrary relabel price at an empty set would miss the target.

Selected references

  • Andrew V. Goldberg and Robert E. Tarjan, Finding Minimum-Cost Circulations by Successive Approximation, MIT/LCS/TM-333, July 1987. Technical report.
  • Andrew V. Goldberg and Robert E. Tarjan, Finding Minimum-Cost Circulations by Successive Approximation, Mathematics of Operations Research 15(3), 1990, pp. 430–466. DOI. The report above supplies this mission's numbering.
  • Andrew V. Goldberg and Robert E. Tarjan, A New Approach to the Maximum-Flow Problem, Journal of the ACM 35(4), 1988. DOI.
  • Andrew V. Goldberg and Robert E. Tarjan, Finding Minimum-Cost Circulations by Canceling Negative Cycles, Journal of the ACM 36(4), 1989. DOI.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Graph TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Send-and-Split Method for Minimum-Concave-Cost Network Flows I: A Minimum-Cost Flow Exists iff Every Simple Circulation Has Nonnegative Cost, and Then an Extreme One Exists (Theorem 1)Research Paper

Why minimum-concave-cost flows

Many network design and production–distribution problems have economies of scale: shipping twice as much along an arc costs less than twice as much, because of fixed charges, set-up costs or volume discounts. Modelled as network flows, such problems ask for a flow of least cost when each arc cost is a concave function of the flow on the arc. Classical instances include the uncapacitated lot-sizing problem, the fixed-charge transportation problem, and the Steiner tree problem in graphs. Unlike linear costs, concave costs make the problem NP-hard in general, and the usual linear-programming arguments do not apply directly.

Erickson, Monma and Veinott (Math. Oper. Res. 12 (1987) 634–664) give the send-and-split method, a dynamic program that solves such problems in time exponential only in the number of demand nodes. Before the method can run, two questions must be settled: when does a minimum-cost flow exist at all, and can the arc costs be shifted so that they are nonnegative on flows? Theorem 1 of the paper answers both. This mission formalizes Theorem 1.

Timeline. Hirsch and Hoffman (1961) showed that a concave function bounded below on a polyhedron's extreme rays attains its minimum at a vertex; Rockafellar's Convex Analysis (1970, pp. 61, 343) gives the polyhedral form. Edmonds and Karp (1972) showed how to choose node potentials making linear arc costs nonnegative. Theorem 1 (1987) extends both to additive concave costs on uncapacitated networks.

Setting

A graph G=(N,A)G = (N, A)G=(N,A) has nnn nodes and a set AAA of ordered pairs of distinct nodes, the arcs. A demand vector r∈Rnr \in \mathbb{R}^nr∈Rn assigns a demand rir_iri​ to each node (negative demands are supplies). A preflow is a nonnegative matrix x=(xij)x = (x_{ij})x=(xij​) carried by the arcs, and a flow for rrr is a preflow with

∑(j,i)∈Axji−∑(i,k)∈Axik=ri(i∈N),\sum_{(j,i)\in A} x_{ji} - \sum_{(i,k)\in A} x_{ik} = r_i \qquad (i \in N),(j,i)∈A∑​xji​−(i,k)∈A∑​xik​=ri​(i∈N),

inflow minus outflow equal to demand. A circulation is a flow for r=0r = 0r=0.

The flow cost is c(x)=∑(i,j)∈Acij(xij)c(x) = \sum_{(i,j)\in A} c_{ij}(x_{ij})c(x)=∑(i,j)∈A​cij​(xij​), where each cijc_{ij}cij​ is concave on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and cij(0)=0c_{ij}(0) = 0cij​(0)=0. A minimum-cost flow for rrr is a flow whose cost is at most that of every flow for rrr.

A preflow induces the subgraph of arcs with nonzero flow. An extreme flow is a flow whose induced subgraph is a forest (in the undirected sense; two antiparallel arcs form a cycle). A simple circuit is a directed cycle through at least two distinct nodes, with arc set CCC; a simple circulation is a circulation whose induced subgraph is a simple circuit. The slope at infinity c˙ij(∞)∈[−∞,∞)\dot c_{ij}(\infty) \in [-\infty, \infty)c˙ij​(∞)∈[−∞,∞) is the limit of the right derivative of cijc_{ij}cij​.

Two nodes are in the same strong component if chains (directed walks) join them both ways; a component is a sink if no chain leaves it. The augmented graph G‾\underline{G}G​ appends a node ν\nuν and an arc (i,ν)(i,\nu)(i,ν) for exactly one node iii of each sink component. Its arc costs c‾\underline{c}c​ are c˙ij(∞)\dot c_{ij}(\infty)c˙ij​(∞) on arcs inside strong components and arbitrary real numbers elsewhere; π‾i\underline{\pi}_iπ​i​ is the infimum of the costs of chains from iii to ν\nuν. For π∈Rn\pi \in \mathbb{R}^nπ∈Rn, the altered costs are cijπ(y)=cij(y)−(πi−πj)yc^\pi_{ij}(y) = c_{ij}(y) - (\pi_i - \pi_j) ycijπ​(y)=cij​(y)−(πi​−πj​)y.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

The following are equivalent:

1∘ there is a minimum-cost flow for some demand vector;2∘ the null circulation is a minimum-cost circulation;3∘ for every r with a flow, some minimum-cost flow for r is extreme;4∘ c(y)≥0 for every simple circulation y;5∘ ∑(i,j)∈Cc˙ij(∞)≥0 for every simple circuit with arc set C;6∘ there is a minimum-cost chain from each node of G‾ to ν under c‾.\begin{aligned} &1^\circ\ \text{there is a minimum-cost flow for some demand vector;}\\ &2^\circ\ \text{the null circulation is a minimum-cost circulation;}\\ &3^\circ\ \text{for every } r \text{ with a flow, some minimum-cost flow for } r \text{ is extreme;}\\ &4^\circ\ c(y) \ge 0 \text{ for every simple circulation } y;\\ &5^\circ\ \textstyle\sum_{(i,j)\in C} \dot c_{ij}(\infty) \ge 0 \text{ for every simple circuit with arc set } C;\\ &6^\circ\ \text{there is a minimum-cost chain from each node of } \underline{G} \text{ to } \nu \text{ under } \underline{c}. \end{aligned}​1∘ there is a minimum-cost flow for some demand vector;2∘ the null circulation is a minimum-cost circulation;3∘ for every r with a flow, some minimum-cost flow for r is extreme;4∘ c(y)≥0 for every simple circulation y;5∘ ∑(i,j)∈C​c˙ij​(∞)≥0 for every simple circuit with arc set C;6∘ there is a minimum-cost chain from each node of G​ to ν under c​.​

If moreover rrr admits a flow and c‾ijz≤cij(z)\underline{c}_{ij} z \le c_{ij}(z)c​ij​z≤cij​(z) on arcs joining distinct strong components, where z=∑iri+z = \sum_i r_i^+z=∑i​ri+​, they are equivalent to

7∘∃π  cijπ(xij)≥0 for all arcs (i,j) and all flows x for r,7^\circ\quad \exists \pi\ \ c^\pi_{ij}(x_{ij}) \ge 0 \text{ for all arcs } (i,j) \text{ and all flows } x \text{ for } r,7∘∃π  cijπ​(xij​)≥0 for all arcs (i,j) and all flows x for r,

and π=π‾\pi = \underline{\pi}π=π​ is real and satisfies 7∘7^\circ7∘.

Milestones

The milestones are the statements the paper's proof rests on: the Hirsch–Hoffman extension (p. 638), cπ(x)=c(x)+∑iπiric^\pi(x) = c(x) + \sum_i \pi_i r_icπ(x)=c(x)+∑i​πi​ri​, the bounds 12c(2x)+12c(2θy)≤c(x+θy)≤c(x)+c(θy)\tfrac12 c(2x) + \tfrac12 c(2\theta y) \le c(x+\theta y) \le c(x) + c(\theta y)21​c(2x)+21​c(2θy)≤c(x+θy)≤c(x)+c(θy), the circuit-wise form of 4° ⇔ 5°, uniqueness of the extreme circulation, xij≤zx_{ij} \le zxij​≤z between strong components, and the two inequalities giving 7∘7^\circ7∘ (all p. 639).

Significance

Theorem 1 decides existence of an optimum from the costs alone: conditions 4° and 5° do not mention the demand vector, so one test settles every demand pattern at once, and 3° guarantees the optimum may be sought among extreme (forest) flows, which is what the send-and-split recursion enumerates. Condition 6° is checkable by a shortest-chain computation, and 7° supplies node potentials that convert the instance into an equivalent one with nonnegative arc costs, the standing assumption of the paper's Theorem 2 and of its running-time analysis. For linear costs the theorem reduces to the familiar statement that a minimum-cost flow exists iff no simple circuit has negative cost.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been machine-checked. The formalization adds a precise model of extreme flows over arcs (so that antiparallel arcs form a cycle), a treatment of slopes that may equal −∞-\infty−∞, and the Hirsch–Hoffman extension specialized to network polyhedra, which the paper cites rather than proves. Related platform items cover the linear, capacitated case: CycleCanceling.MinMean.minCost_iff_no_negative_cycle and CycleCanceling.MinMean.minCost_iff_exists_price (Goldberg–Tarjan), and LinearOptimization.positive_directed_cycle_of_circulation and LinearOptimization.network_basic_iff_tree on a different arc encoding.

Difficulty

The first idea, to argue as for linear costs by cancelling negative cycles, fails because concave costs are not additive along cycle decompositions: the cost of a flow is not the sum of the costs of its cycle and path components, and a circuit can be harmless at small flow and arbitrarily negative at large flow. Existence therefore depends on the asymptotic slopes c˙ij(∞)\dot c_{ij}(\infty)c˙ij​(∞), which may be −∞-\infty−∞, rather than on any finite cost evaluation. The implication from bounded rays to an attained minimum (Hirsch–Hoffman) requires identifying the vertices of the flow polyhedron with forest flows and its extreme rays with simple circulations. The potential step 6° ⇒ 7° needs a cost bound on arcs between strong components, where the concave cost is only controlled up to the total positive demand zzz.

Formalization scope

Nodes are Fin n; a graph is ArcGraph n, a Finset (Fin n × Fin n) of arcs without loops. Preflows are real matrices vanishing off the arcs; arc costs are functions R→R\mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}R→R, concave on Set.Ici 0 with value 000 at 000 (the paper's "without further mention" assumption, made a hypothesis). The augmented graph has nodes Option (Fin n), with none the node ν\nuν; chain costs, c˙ij(∞)\dot c_{ij}(\infty)c˙ij​(∞) and π‾\underline{\pi}π​ are EReal-valued.

The explicit readings of loose phrases are:

  • "minimum-cost flow" is a flow whose cost is at most that of every flow for the same demands (attained, never an infimum);
  • "bounded below on each half-line" is ∃M ∀θ≥0, M≤c(x+θy)\exists M\ \forall \theta \ge 0,\ M \le c(x+\theta y)∃M ∀θ≥0, M≤c(x+θy);
  • c˙ij(∞)\dot c_{ij}(\infty)c˙ij​(∞) is the infimum over t>0t > 0t>0 of the right derivative at ttt, equal to the limit by concavity;
  • "chain" is a directed walk; "minimum-cost chain" is a chain of real cost at most every chain's cost;
  • 6° quantifies over every admissible choice of the appended arcs and of the finite costs c‾\underline{c}c​;
  • in the 7° part, "flows xxx" are flows for the given rrr, and the existence of such a flow is an added hypothesis: without it 7° is vacuous while 4° can fail;
  • "π‾\underline{\pi}π​ satisfies 7°" uses the real values of π‾\underline{\pi}π​, which the theorem asserts are real.

A formalization in which extreme flows are forests of a simple graph built from the support, in which chains are simple paths, or in which a chain of cost −∞-\infty−∞ counts as a minimum would make 3°, 6° or the equivalence trivially or falsely true; all three are ruled out by the definitions. The running-time remarks, the computation paragraph and the linear-cost remark after the proof are not formalized. Contributions are welcome on the polyhedral side (vertices and extreme rays of {x≥0:conservation}\{x \ge 0 : \text{conservation}\}{x≥0:conservation}), on right derivatives of concave functions at infinity, and on walk costs with negative cycles; all are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. E. Erickson, C. L. Monma, A. F. Veinott, Jr., Send-and-Split Method for Minimum-Concave-Cost Network Flows, Mathematics of Operations Research 12(4), 1987, 634–664. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.12.4.634
  • W. M. Hirsch, A. J. Hoffman, Extreme varieties, concave functions, and the fixed charge problem, Communications on Pure and Applied Mathematics 14, 1961, 355–369. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.3160140312
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • J. Edmonds, R. M. Karp, Theoretical improvements in algorithmic efficiency for network flow problems, Journal of the ACM 19(2), 1972, 248–264. https://doi.org/10.1145/321694.321699
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Chain Coordination with Contracts I: The Newsvendor Quantity-Flexibility Contract (w_q(δ), δ) Gives the Retailer at Least Π(q°) at δ = 0, the Supplier at Least Π(q°) at δ = 1Textbook

Why contracts in a newsvendor supply chain

A supplier sells to a retailer who must order before a single selling season with random demand. Each firm maximizes its own expected profit, and with the simplest contract, a fixed wholesale price per unit, the retailer orders too little: he bears all the risk of unsold stock but earns only part of the margin on each sale. The supply chain as a whole then earns less than it could. A contract is said to coordinate the supply chain if the chain-optimal actions are an equilibrium of the two firms' game. Which contracts coordinate, and how they divide the chain's profit, is the subject of a large literature in operations management. G. P. Cachon's survey chapter in the Handbooks in Operations Research and Management Science (Cachon 2003) gives its standard account. This mission formalizes §6.2 of that chapter, Coordinating the newsvendor, read in the author's 3rd draft (January 2003).

Timeline of the contracts treated in §6.2:

  • Pasternack (1985) shows that buy-back (returns) contracts coordinate the newsvendor.
  • Tsay (1999) and Tsay and Lovejoy (1999) study quantity flexibility contracts, in which the supplier refunds unsold units up to a fraction δ of the order.
  • Cachon and Lariviere (2005, working paper 2000) analyze revenue sharing and show it is equivalent to buy back in the newsvendor.
  • Taylor (2002) studies sales rebates. Moorthy (1987) and Kolay and Shaffer (2002) treat quantity discounts.

Setting

Demand D≥0D \ge 0D≥0 has distribution function FFF, with Fˉ=1−F\bar F = 1 - FFˉ=1−F and mean μ=E[D]\mu = E[D]μ=E[D]. The retail price is ppp. The supplier's unit production cost is csc_scs​ and the retailer's unit cost is crc_rcr​, with c=cs+cr<pc = c_s + c_r < pc=cs​+cr​<p. Unmet demand costs the retailer a goodwill penalty grg_rgr​ per unit and the supplier gsg_sgs​, with g=gs+grg = g_s + g_rg=gs​+gr​. Each unsold unit is worth v<cv < cv<c to the retailer.

Expected sales are S(q)=E[min⁡(q,D)]S(q) = E[\min(q, D)]S(q)=E[min(q,D)], leftover inventory is I(q)=E[(q−D)+]I(q) = E[(q - D)^+]I(q)=E[(q−D)+] and lost sales are L(q)=E[(D−q)+]L(q) = E[(D - q)^+]L(q)=E[(D−q)+]. If TTT is the expected payment from the retailer to the supplier, the firms earn

πr(q)=(p−v+gr)S(q)−(cr−v)q−grμ−T,πs(q)=gsS(q)−csq−gsμ+T,\pi_r(q) = (p - v + g_r)S(q) - (c_r - v)q - g_r\mu - T, \qquad \pi_s(q) = g_sS(q) - c_sq - g_s\mu + T,πr​(q)=(p−v+gr​)S(q)−(cr​−v)q−gr​μ−T,πs​(q)=gs​S(q)−cs​q−gs​μ+T,

and the chain earns Π(q)=(p−v+g)S(q)−(c−v)q−gμ\Pi(q) = (p - v + g)S(q) - (c - v)q - g\muΠ(q)=(p−v+g)S(q)−(c−v)q−gμ. Let qoq^oqo be a maximizer of Π\PiΠ, with Π(qo)>0\Pi(q^o) > 0Π(qo)>0.

Under the quantity flexibility contract (wq,δ)(w_q, \delta)(wq​,δ) the retailer pays wqw_qwq​ per unit ordered and is refunded wq+cr−vw_q + c_r - vwq​+cr​−v for each unsold unit, up to δq\delta qδq units:

Tq(q,wq,δ)=wqq−(wq+cr−v)∫(1−δ)qqF(y) dy.T_q(q, w_q, \delta) = w_qq - (w_q + c_r - v)\int_{(1-\delta)q}^q F(y)\,dy.Tq​(q,wq​,δ)=wq​q−(wq​+cr​−v)∫(1−δ)qq​F(y)dy.

The wholesale price that makes qoq^oqo satisfy the retailer's first-order condition is

wq(δ)=(p−v+gr) Fˉ(qo)Fˉ(qo)+(1−δ)F((1−δ)qo)−cr+v.w_q(\delta) = \frac{(p - v + g_r)\,\bar F(q^o)}{\bar F(q^o) + (1-\delta)F((1-\delta)q^o)} - c_r + v.wq​(δ)=Fˉ(qo)+(1−δ)F((1−δ)qo)(p−v+gr​)Fˉ(qo)​−cr​+v.

Formalization targets

Goal: the quantity flexibility contract can split the profit in any way

With πr(q,wq(δ),δ)\pi_r(q, w_q(\delta), \delta)πr​(q,wq​(δ),δ) and πs(q,wq(δ),δ)\pi_s(q, w_q(\delta), \delta)πs​(q,wq​(δ),δ) the firms' profits under (wq(δ),δ)(w_q(\delta), \delta)(wq​(δ),δ):

πr(qo,wq(0),0)=Π(qo)+gs(μ−S(qo)+Fˉ(qo)qo)≥Π(qo),\pi_r(q^o, w_q(0), 0) = \Pi(q^o) + g_s\big(\mu - S(q^o) + \bar F(q^o)q^o\big) \ge \Pi(q^o),πr​(qo,wq​(0),0)=Π(qo)+gs​(μ−S(qo)+Fˉ(qo)qo)≥Π(qo), πs(qo,wq(1),1)=Π(qo)+μgr≥Π(qo),\pi_s(q^o, w_q(1), 1) = \Pi(q^o) + \mu g_r \ge \Pi(q^o),πs​(qo,wq​(1),1)=Π(qo)+μgr​≥Π(qo),

and for every a∈[0,Π(qo)]a \in [0, \Pi(q^o)]a∈[0,Π(qo)] some δ∈[0,1]\delta \in [0,1]δ∈[0,1] gives the retailer aaa and the supplier Π(qo)−a\Pi(q^o) - aΠ(qo)−a (§6.2.5, p. 25).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. S(q)=q−∫0qFS(q) = q - \int_0^q FS(q)=q−∫0q​F, I(q)=q−S(q)I(q) = q - S(q)I(q)=q−S(q), L(q)=μ−S(q)L(q) = \mu - S(q)L(q)=μ−S(q) (p. 10).
  2. The unique maximizer qoq^oqo of Π\PiΠ satisfies Fˉ(qo)=(c−v)/(p−v+g)\bar F(q^o) = (c - v)/(p - v + g)Fˉ(qo)=(c−v)/(p−v+g) (Eq. (2), p. 11).
  3. wq(0)=(p−v+gr)Fˉ(qo)+v−crw_q(0) = (p - v + g_r)\bar F(q^o) + v - c_rwq​(0)=(p−v+gr​)Fˉ(qo)+v−cr​ and wq(1)=p+gr−crw_q(1) = p + g_r - c_rwq​(1)=p+gr​−cr​. Also, wqw_qwq​ is increasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1], which gives v−cr≤wq(δ)≤p+gr−crv - c_r \le w_q(\delta) \le p + g_r - c_rv−cr​≤wq​(δ)≤p+gr​−cr​ (p. 24).
  4. qoq^oqo maximizes the retailer's profit under (wq(δ),δ)(w_q(\delta), \delta)(wq​(δ),δ) (Eq. (11), p. 24).
  5. The supplier's first-order condition holds at qoq^oqo (p. 25).
  6. The δ = 0 identity and the δ = 1 identity (p. 25).

Companion results of §6.2

  • Revenue sharing {wr,ϕ}\{w_r,\phi\}{wr​,ϕ} equals the buy back wb=wr+(1−ϕ)pw_b = w_r + (1-\phi)pwb​=wr​+(1−ϕ)p, b=(1−ϕ)(p−v)b = (1-\phi)(p - v)b=(1−ϕ)(p−v) for every demand realization (p. 22).
  • The sales rebate contract: first-order condition (12), price (13), the retailer's profit and its monotonicity in the threshold (p. 27), and failure under voluntary compliance (p. 28).
  • The quantity discount gives the retailer πr=λ(Π(q)+gμ)−grμ\pi_r = \lambda(\Pi(q) + g\mu) - g_r\muπr​=λ(Π(q)+gμ)−gr​μ, so qoq^oqo is optimal for both firms (p. 29).
  • Under the wholesale price contract, the retailer's profit increases in the induced quantity (p. 14).

Significance

The goal is what makes quantity flexibility a complete coordinating family. Retailer optimality (milestone 4) says qoq^oqo can be implemented. The allocation statement says that bargaining power can then be expressed through the single parameter δ without losing efficiency. Together with the supplier's first-order condition, these are the facts that matter in practice: forced compliance suffices for coordination, and the choice of δ is purely distributional. The companions put §6.2's other contracts on the same footing. Revenue sharing and buy back are equivalent. Sales rebates coordinate only with forced compliance. Quantity discounts coordinate with a bounded retailer share.

All of these results are stated in the source. Related results are Proved on the platform in Snyder and Shen's chapter (SupplyChainTheory.*), including the chain-optimal fractile and retailer optimality under quantity flexibility. This mission states them locally because Snyder and Shen's contract data impose stronger restrictions on salvage value than Cachon's model. The efficiency formula (k+1)−(1+1/k)(k+2)(k+1)^{-(1+1/k)}(k+2)(k+1)−(1+1/k)(k+2) for the power distribution on p. 14 is already posed as the Open item RevShareCoord.Wholesale.alpha_family_efficiency and is not posed again.

Difficulty

Each identity is elementary algebra once SSS, its derivative and the integrals of FFF are under control. That is where the work lies. Expected sales are defined as an expectation, so S(q)=q−∫0qFS(q) = q - \int_0^q FS(q)=q−∫0q​F is a theorem to prove, not a definition to unfold.

Differentiating ∫(1−δ)qqF\int_{(1-\delta)q}^q F∫(1−δ)qq​F needs continuity of FFF at two points. The sales rebate transfer is piecewise and has a kink at the threshold, so derivatives must be taken on the right side of it.

The allocation clause rests on continuity of δ ↦ π_r(q^o, w_q(δ), δ). The obvious argument, "the profits are continuous in δ", hides two facts. First, the denominator of wq(δ)w_q(\delta)wq​(δ) stays positive on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Second, F((1−δ)qo)F((1-\delta)q^o)F((1−δ)qo) moves continuously, which fails for a demand law with atoms. Both must be derived from the model, not assumed.

Formalization scope

The local ContractData follows Cachon's v<cs+crv<c_s+c_rv<cs​+cr​ and cs+cr<pc_s+c_r<pcs​+cr​<p. Its rrr is Cachon's price ppp, and its ps,prp_s,p_rps​,pr​ are the goodwill penalties gs,grg_s,g_rgs​,gr​. The penalties are nonnegative costs. Net salvage may be negative and may exceed crc_rcr​; both possibilities were excluded by the related published model.

A demand law is a probability measure on ℝ with no mass on (−∞,0)(-\infty, 0)(−∞,0), finite mean and no atoms (so FFF is continuous). FFF is strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞) as long as F<1F < 1F<1. Its derivative is specified on the positive interior of that active support. This reading admits the bounded-support power law the chapter itself uses on p. 14, whose cdf has a corner at the support endpoint. Derivative conclusions use HasDerivAt.

Optimality is IsMaxOn … Set.univ over real quantities; the optimum is positive under the model assumptions. Π(qo)>0\Pi(q^o) > 0Π(qo)>0 is a hypothesis wherever an optimum is named, following p. 11.

Cachon's sales rebate rrr is rebate in Lean.

Three printed slips are corrected, and the milestone quotes keep the print:

  • p. 24 writes www for wqw_qwq​ in TqT_qTq​.
  • p. 25 mixes qqq and qoq^oqo in the δ = 0 and δ = 1 displays.
  • p. 28 has a spurious −v-v−v in ws(r)−rw_s(r) - rws​(r)−r.

Two encodings are ruled out. wq(δ)w_q(\delta)wq​(δ) is the explicit formula, never "the solution of (11)". The supplier's profit is the model's own function, not Π\PiΠ minus the retailer's profit, so no clause holds by definition.

The local definition file CachonCoord.Newsvendor.Contracts contains the model, its expected profits, the contract transfers, the sales rebate price ws(r)w_s(r)ws​(r), the quantity discount schedule, and realized profits and payments. Lemmas about SSS, ∫F\int F∫F and continuity of contract prices are reusable across the series. The sales rebate existence-of-threshold argument and the normal-distribution counterexample of p. 25 are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, Supply Chain Coordination with Contracts, in S. Graves, T. de Kok (eds.), Handbooks in OR & MS Vol. 11, North-Holland, 2003 (3rd draft, Jan. 2003). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0927-0507(03)11006-7
  • B. A. Pasternack, Optimal pricing and return policies for perishable commodities, Marketing Science 4(2), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.4.2.166
  • A. A. Tsay, The quantity flexibility contract and supplier–customer incentives, Management Science 45(10), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.10.1339
  • G. P. Cachon, M. A. Lariviere, Supply chain coordination with revenue-sharing contracts: strengths and limitations, Management Science 51(1), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0215
  • T. A. Taylor, Supply chain coordination under channel rebates with sales effort effects, Management Science 48(8), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.48.8.992.168
  • L. V. Snyder, Z.-J. M. Shen, Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2019, Ch. 14. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119584445
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimisation Under a General Discrete Choice Model: A Tight Analysis of Revenue-Ordered Assortments III: The Three Revenue-Ordered Approximation Bounds Are TightResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer or an airline chooses which products to offer, and customers choose among what is offered, or buy nothing. Choosing the offer set that maximizes expected revenue is the assortment problem, central to revenue management (Talluri and van Ryzin, 2004). It is NP-hard even for simple mixtures of logit models, so practice relies on heuristics. The most common one is the revenue-ordered assortments strategy: offer the products whose price is above a threshold, and pick the best threshold.

Berbeglia and Joret (arXiv:1606.01371) analyse this heuristic under every regular choice model, the broad class in which enlarging the offer set never raises the probability of choosing any given alternative, including not buying. They prove three approximation guarantees, then show that none of the three can be improved. This mission formalizes that last result, Theorem 3.4.

Timeline:

  • Talluri and van Ryzin (2004) showed that revenue-ordered assortments are optimal under the multinomial logit model.
  • Rusmevichientong, Shmoys, Tong and Topaloglu (2014) showed the problem NP-hard under a mixture of two logit models, and proved that revenue-ordered assortments earn at least OPT/(e(1+ln⁡(rk/r1)))\mathrm{OPT}/(e(1+\ln(r_k/r_1)))OPT/(e(1+ln(rk​/r1​))) under mixed logit.
  • Aouad, Farias, Levi and Segev (2018) proved an Ω(1/ln⁡(rk/r1))\Omega(1/\ln(r_k/r_1))Ω(1/ln(rk​/r1​)) guarantee under random utility models, and that the assortment problem there is NP-hard to approximate within Ω(1/n1−ϵ)\Omega(1/n^{1-\epsilon})Ω(1/n1−ϵ) and Ω(1/log⁡1−ϵ(rk/r1))\Omega(1/\log^{1-\epsilon}(r_k/r_1))Ω(1/log1−ϵ(rk​/r1​)).
  • Berbeglia and Joret (2016–2020, Algorithmica) proved the guarantees 1/k1/k1/k, 1/∑i(ri−ri−1)/ri≥1/(1+ln⁡(rk/r1))1/\sum_{i}(r_i-r_{i-1})/r_i\ge1/(1+\ln(r_k/r_1))1/∑i​(ri​−ri−1​)/ri​≥1/(1+ln(rk​/r1​)) and a purchase-probability bound under any regular model, and an instance on which all three, in their sum forms, are attained in the limit.

Setting

The products form a finite set C\mathcal CC. A system of choice probabilities gives, for every offer set S⊆CS\subseteq\mathcal CS⊆C and product xxx, the probability P(x,S)\mathcal P(x,S)P(x,S) that a customer buys xxx. The no-purchase probability is P(0,S)=1−∑x∈SP(x,S)\mathcal P(0,S)=1-\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)P(0,S)=1−∑x∈S​P(x,S). The model is regular if

  1. P(x,S)≥0\mathcal P(x,S)\ge0P(x,S)≥0 for x∈C∪{0}x\in\mathcal C\cup\{0\}x∈C∪{0};
  2. P(x,S)=0\mathcal P(x,S)=0P(x,S)=0 for x∉Sx\notin Sx∈/S;
  3. ∑x∈SP(x,S)≤1\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)\le1∑x∈S​P(x,S)≤1;
  4. P(x,S)≥P(x,S′)\mathcal P(x,S)\ge\mathcal P(x,S')P(x,S)≥P(x,S′) for S⊆S′S\subseteq S'S⊆S′ and every x∈S∪{0}x\in S\cup\{0\}x∈S∪{0}.

Each product has a revenue r(x)>0r(x)>0r(x)>0. Offering SSS earns rev(S)=∑x∈SP(x,S) r(x)\mathrm{rev}(S)=\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)\,r(x)rev(S)=∑x∈S​P(x,S)r(x), and OPT=max⁡S⊆Crev(S)\mathrm{OPT}=\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal C}\mathrm{rev}(S)OPT=maxS⊆C​rev(S).

Let r1<⋯<rkr_1<\dots<r_kr1​<⋯<rk​ be the distinct revenues, with r0:=0r_0:=0r0​:=0, and Si={x:r(x)≥ri}S_i=\{x: r(x)\ge r_i\}Si​={x:r(x)≥ri​}. The heuristic earns

RO=max⁡i∈[k]rev(Si).\mathrm{RO}=\max_{i\in[k]}\mathrm{rev}(S_i).RO=i∈[k]max​rev(Si​).

For an optimal S∗S^*S∗ let Ni=∑x∈S∗, r(x)≥riP(x,S∗)N_i=\sum_{x\in S^*,\,r(x)\ge r_i}\mathcal P(x,S^*)Ni​=∑x∈S∗,r(x)≥ri​​P(x,S∗), Nk+1=0N_{k+1}=0Nk+1​=0, and ℓ\ellℓ the largest index with Nℓ>0N_\ell>0Nℓ​>0. Section 3 of the paper proves

  • (A) OPT≤k⋅RO\mathrm{OPT}\le k\cdot\mathrm{RO}OPT≤k⋅RO (Theorem 3.1);
  • (B) OPT≤Dr⋅RO\mathrm{OPT}\le D_r\cdot\mathrm{RO}OPT≤Dr​⋅RO, with Dr=∑i=1kri−ri−1ri≤1+ln⁡(rk/r1)D_r=\sum_{i=1}^{k}\frac{r_i-r_{i-1}}{r_i}\le 1+\ln(r_k/r_1)Dr​=∑i=1k​ri​ri​−ri−1​​≤1+ln(rk​/r1​) (Theorem 3.2);
  • (C) OPT≤DN(S∗)⋅RO\mathrm{OPT}\le D_N(S^*)\cdot\mathrm{RO}OPT≤DN​(S∗)⋅RO, with DN(S∗)=∑i=1ℓNi−Ni+1Ni≤1+ln⁡(N1/Nℓ)D_N(S^*)=\sum_{i=1}^{\ell}\frac{N_i-N_{i+1}}{N_i}\le 1+\ln(N_1/N_\ell)DN​(S∗)=∑i=1ℓ​Ni​Ni​−Ni+1​​≤1+ln(N1​/Nℓ​) (Theorem 3.3).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4

For every k≥1k\ge1k≥1 and every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there are a finite nonempty product set, a regular P\mathcal PP, revenues r>0r>0r>0 with exactly kkk distinct values, and an optimal S∗S^*S∗ with N1>0N_1>0N1​>0, such that

k⋅RO<(1+δ) OPT,Dr⋅RO<(1+δ) OPT,DN(S∗)⋅RO<(1+δ) OPT.k\cdot\mathrm{RO}<(1+\delta)\,\mathrm{OPT},\qquad D_r\cdot\mathrm{RO}<(1+\delta)\,\mathrm{OPT},\qquad D_N(S^*)\cdot\mathrm{RO}<(1+\delta)\,\mathrm{OPT}.k⋅RO<(1+δ)OPT,Dr​⋅RO<(1+δ)OPT,DN​(S∗)⋅RO<(1+δ)OPT.

So none of the bounds (A), (B), (C) stays true when multiplied by 1+δ1+\delta1+δ, for any number kkk of distinct revenues.

The tight instance (milestones)

The paper's witness has products (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) with i∈[k]i\in[k]i∈[k] and j∈[i]j\in[i]j∈[i]. Product (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) has revenue ε−j\varepsilon^{-j}ε−j, and P((i,j),S)=εi\mathcal P((i,j),S)=\varepsilon^iP((i,j),S)=εi when (i,j)∈S(i,j)\in S(i,j)∈S and (i,1),…,(i,j−1)∉S(i,1),\dots,(i,j-1)\notin S(i,1),…,(i,j−1)∈/S, and 000 otherwise, for 0<ε≤120<\varepsilon\le\tfrac120<ε≤21​. The milestones follow the proof on pp. 10–11:

  • the axiom (iii) bound;
  • (7);
  • (8);
  • (9);
  • regularity;
  • the distinct revenues ri=ε−ir_i=\varepsilon^{-i}ri​=ε−i;
  • RO=rev(C)<1/(1−ε)\mathrm{RO}=\mathrm{rev}(\mathcal C)<1/(1-\varepsilon)RO=rev(C)<1/(1−ε);
  • OPT=k\mathrm{OPT}=kOPT=k, attained by {(i,i)}\{(i,i)\}{(i,i)};
  • the limits OPT/RO→k\mathrm{OPT}/\mathrm{RO}\to kOPT/RO→k and Dr→kD_r\to kDr​→k;
  • Ni=εi+⋯+εkN_i=\varepsilon^i+\dots+\varepsilon^kNi​=εi+⋯+εk and DN→kD_N\to kDN​→k as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^+ε→0+.

Significance

With Theorems 3.1–3.3, Theorem 3.4 closes the analysis: in terms of the parameters kkk, DrD_rDr​ and DND_NDN​, revenue-ordered assortments are understood exactly under regular choice. It complements the hardness results of Aouad et al., which already show that no efficient strategy can do much better than (A) and (B) in general; Theorem 3.4 shows that the analysis of this particular heuristic is exact. The instance is also a concrete regular choice model in which the optimal offer set is far from every nested one.

On the formal side, the mission produces a reusable formal definition of regular discrete choice models, revenue-ordered assortments and the three bound quantities. These are shared, under other sub-namespaces, with the companion missions on Theorems 3.2 and 3.3. The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has not been machine-checked anywhere; the remaining work is formalizing the paper's proof, including the steps it leaves to the reader.

Difficulty

The proof is a construction, and the paper verifies most of it in a sentence each. The work lies in those sentences:

  • the regularity of the instance at the no-purchase option, (9), which needs the row decomposition (8);
  • the claim that {(i,i)}\{(i,i)\}{(i,i)} is optimal among all 2k(k+1)/22^{k(k+1)/2}2k(k+1)/2 offer sets, asserted without proof;
  • the claim that the full set is the best threshold set;
  • the evaluation of DN(S∗)D_N(S^*)DN​(S∗), which needs ℓ=k\ell=kℓ=k.

The naive witness, one instance per bound, does not help: the goal asks for one instance with exactly kkk revenues on which all three bounds are nearly attained, for every kkk.

Formalization scope

  • Products are an arbitrary finite type C. The no-purchase option is not a product: P(0,S)\mathcal P(0,S)P(0,S) is the derived quantity noPurchase P S. Offer sets are Finset C.
  • IsRegular carries axioms (i)–(iv), with (i) and (iv) stated both for products and for the no-purchase option. Regularity at x=0x=0x=0 is essential: without it the guarantees fail.
  • OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is Finset.sup' over all subsets, including ∅\emptyset∅. RO\mathrm{RO}RO is Finset.sup' over the kkk threshold sets only, and needs Nonempty C.
  • The distinct revenues are the sorted image of r, indexed by Fin k from 000: the Lean index iii is the paper's i+1i+1i+1, and r0=0r_0=0r0​=0 is a separate case. ℓ\ellℓ lives in WithBot (Fin k).
  • Bounds are multiplicative (OPT≤D⋅RO\mathrm{OPT}\le D\cdot\mathrm{RO}OPT≤D⋅RO); there is no ratio RO/OPT\mathrm{RO}/\mathrm{OPT}RO/OPT in the goal. Limits are along 𝓝[>] 0.
  • The tight instance keeps the paper's 1-based pairs (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) as a subtype of Fin (k+1) × Fin (k+1). Its regularity is a theorem to prove, never a field assumed.

Ruled out:

  • a fixed kkk, since "for every kkk" is the content;
  • tightness of the logarithmic forms 1/(1+ln⁡(rk/r1))1/(1+\ln(r_k/r_1))1/(1+ln(rk​/r1​)) and 1/(1+ln⁡ν)1/(1+\ln\nu)1/(1+lnν), which this instance does not show (there 1+ln⁡(rk/r1)→∞1+\ln(r_k/r_1)\to\infty1+ln(rk​/r1​)→∞ while OPT/RO→k\mathrm{OPT}/\mathrm{RO}\to kOPT/RO→k), so only the sum forms are claimed tight;
  • an instance whose regularity is assumed;
  • a heuristic maximizing over all subsets.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, especially (8), (9) and the optimality of {(i,i)}\{(i,i)\}{(i,i)}, and general lemmas on sorted distinct values of a finite function.

Selected references

  • G. Berbeglia and G. Joret, Assortment Optimisation Under a General Discrete Choice Model: A Tight Analysis of Revenue-Ordered Assortments, arXiv:1606.01371v3, 2019; published in Algorithmica, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.01371
  • K. Talluri and G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • P. Rusmevichientong, D. Shmoys, C. Tong and H. Topaloglu, Assortment Optimization under the Multinomial Logit Model with Random Choice Parameters, Production and Operations Management 23(11), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1111/poms.12191
  • A. Aouad, V. Farias, R. Levi and D. Segev, The Approximability of Assortment Optimization Under Ranking Preferences, Operations Research 66(6), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2018.1724
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimisation Under a General Discrete Choice Model: A Tight Analysis of Revenue-Ordered Assortments II: Revenue-Ordered Assortments Earn OPT/(1 + ln ν), ν the Optimum's Purchase RatioResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that can display only some of its products must choose an assortment: the set of products offered to an arriving customer. Customers substitute: whether a given product is bought depends on what else is on the shelf. The assortment problem asks for the offer set that maximises expected revenue under a model of this substitution behaviour. It is a core problem of revenue management (Talluri and van Ryzin, Management Science 2004), and it is NP-hard already for a mixture of two multinomial logit models (Rusmevichientong, Shmoys, Tong and Topaloglu, POMS 2014).

The heuristic used most widely in practice is revenue-ordered assortments: sort the products by price and offer, for some threshold, every product priced at least that threshold. It is optimal under the multinomial logit model (Talluri and van Ryzin 2004) but not in general. Berbeglia and Joret (arXiv:1606.01371v3, 2019; Algorithmica 2020) give a tight analysis of its approximation ratio for every regular discrete choice model, a class that includes all random utility models. They prove three incomparable guarantees. This mission formalizes the third, Theorem 3.3, whose ratio depends on the purchase behaviour of an optimal assortment rather than on the prices. Companion missions in this series cover the price-ratio bound (Theorem 3.2) and the tightness of all three bounds (Theorem 3.4).

Setting

Let C\mathcal CC be a finite nonempty set of products. A system of choice probabilities gives, for every offer set S⊆CS\subseteq\mathcal CS⊆C and product xxx, the probability P(x,S)\mathcal P(x,S)P(x,S) that a customer offered SSS buys xxx. Buying nothing is the option 000, with P(0,S)=1−∑x∈SP(x,S)\mathcal P(0,S)=1-\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)P(0,S)=1−∑x∈S​P(x,S). The model is regular when

  1. P(x,S)≥0\mathcal P(x,S)\ge0P(x,S)≥0 for products and for x=0x=0x=0;
  2. P(x,S)=0\mathcal P(x,S)=0P(x,S)=0 for x∉Sx\notin Sx∈/S;
  3. ∑x∈SP(x,S)≤1\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)\le1∑x∈S​P(x,S)≤1;
  4. P(x,S)≥P(x,S′)\mathcal P(x,S)\ge\mathcal P(x,S')P(x,S)≥P(x,S′) whenever S⊆S′S\subseteq S'S⊆S′ and x∈S∪{0}x\in S\cup\{0\}x∈S∪{0}.

Axiom 4 at x=0x=0x=0 says that enlarging the offer set never makes buying nothing more likely.

Prices are a function r:C→R>0r:\mathcal C\to\mathbb R_{>0}r:C→R>0​. Offering SSS earns rev(S)=∑x∈SP(x,S) r(x)\mathrm{rev}(S)=\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)\,r(x)rev(S)=∑x∈S​P(x,S)r(x), and OPT=max⁡S⊆Crev(S)\mathrm{OPT}=\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal C}\mathrm{rev}(S)OPT=maxS⊆C​rev(S). Let r1<⋯<rkr_1<\dots<r_kr1​<⋯<rk​ be the distinct values of rrr, and let Si={x:r(x)≥ri}S_i=\{x:r(x)\ge r_i\}Si​={x:r(x)≥ri​} for i∈[k]i\in[k]i∈[k]. The revenue-ordered strategy earns

RO=max⁡1≤i≤krev(Si).\mathrm{RO}=\max_{1\le i\le k}\mathrm{rev}(S_i).RO=1≤i≤kmax​rev(Si​).

For an assortment S∗S^*S∗, the purchase profile is

Ni=∑x∈S∗, r(x)≥riP(x,S∗)(i∈[k]),Nk+1:=0,N_i=\sum_{x\in S^*,\ r(x)\ge r_i}\mathcal P(x,S^*)\qquad(i\in[k]),\qquad N_{k+1}:=0,Ni​=x∈S∗, r(x)≥ri​∑​P(x,S∗)(i∈[k]),Nk+1​:=0,

the probability that a customer offered S∗S^*S∗ buys something priced at least rir_iri​. It is non-increasing in iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (p. 9)

Let S∗S^*S∗ be optimal, rev(S∗)=OPT\mathrm{rev}(S^*)=\mathrm{OPT}rev(S∗)=OPT, suppose N1>0N_1>0N1​>0, and let ℓ∈[k]\ell\in[k]ℓ∈[k] be maximum with Nℓ>0N_\ell>0Nℓ​>0. Then

OPT≤(∑i=1ℓNi−Ni+1Ni)ROand∑i=1ℓNi−Ni+1Ni≤1+ln⁡ν,ν=N1Nℓ.\mathrm{OPT}\le\Big(\sum_{i=1}^{\ell}\frac{N_i-N_{i+1}}{N_i}\Big)\mathrm{RO} \qquad\text{and}\qquad \sum_{i=1}^{\ell}\frac{N_i-N_{i+1}}{N_i}\le1+\ln\nu,\quad\nu=\frac{N_1}{N_\ell}.OPT≤(i=1∑ℓ​Ni​Ni​−Ni+1​​)ROandi=1∑ℓ​Ni​Ni​−Ni+1​​≤1+lnν,ν=Nℓ​N1​​.

The first inequality is the paper's sum-form factor, the bound that Theorem 3.4 shows to be tight. The second is the closed form 1/(1+ln⁡ν)1/(1+\ln\nu)1/(1+lnν).

Milestones (in proof order)

  • Lemma 2.1 (p. 6): ∑x∈SP(x,S)≤∑x∈S′P(x,S′)\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)\le\sum_{x\in S'}\mathcal P(x,S')∑x∈S​P(x,S)≤∑x∈S′​P(x,S′) for S⊆S′S\subseteq S'S⊆S′.
  • First observation of the proof (p. 9): Ni≤∑x∈SiP(x,Si)N_i\le\sum_{x\in S_i}\mathcal P(x,S_i)Ni​≤∑x∈Si​​P(x,Si​) and Niri≤∑x∈SiP(x,Si)riN_ir_i\le\sum_{x\in S_i}\mathcal P(x,S_i)r_iNi​ri​≤∑x∈Si​​P(x,Si​)ri​.
  • Inequality (6) (p. 9): Niri≤RON_ir_i\le\mathrm{RO}Ni​ri​≤RO for every i∈[k]i\in[k]i∈[k].
  • Revenue identity (p. 9): rev(S∗)=∑i=1ℓ(Ni−Ni+1)ri=∑i=1ℓNi−Ni+1NiNiri\mathrm{rev}(S^*)=\sum_{i=1}^{\ell}(N_i-N_{i+1})r_i=\sum_{i=1}^{\ell}\frac{N_i-N_{i+1}}{N_i}N_ir_irev(S∗)=∑i=1ℓ​(Ni​−Ni+1​)ri​=∑i=1ℓ​Ni​Ni​−Ni+1​​Ni​ri​.
  • Logarithmic step (p. 9, the comparison 1/∑≥1/(1+ln⁡ν)1/\sum\ge1/(1+\ln\nu)1/∑≥1/(1+lnν) in Theorem 3.3, used in the last inequality of the proof): for N1≥⋯≥Nℓ>0N_1\ge\dots\ge N_\ell>0N1​≥⋯≥Nℓ​>0 and Nℓ+1=0N_{\ell+1}=0Nℓ+1​=0, ∑i=1ℓ(Ni−Ni+1)/Ni≤1+ln⁡(N1/Nℓ)\sum_{i=1}^{\ell}(N_i-N_{i+1})/N_i\le1+\ln(N_1/N_\ell)∑i=1ℓ​(Ni​−Ni+1​)/Ni​≤1+ln(N1​/Nℓ​). The paper states this step without proof.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 gives a guarantee that is independent of prices. The bound 1+ln⁡(rk/r1)1+\ln(r_k/r_1)1+ln(rk​/r1​) of Theorem 3.2 grows when prices are spread out. The bound 1+ln⁡ν1+\ln\nu1+lnν is small whenever an optimal assortment sells its expensive products with probability comparable to its overall purchase probability. In §4 the paper combines it with a reduction from unit-demand pricing to derive, for example, the 1/(1+ln⁡m)1/(1+\ln m)1/(1+lnm) guarantee of uniform pricing for the unit-demand min-pricing problem (Corollary 4.8, originally due to Aggarwal et al.). Together with Theorems 3.1 and 3.2, it describes the performance of the most common assortment heuristic over the whole class of regular models, with no parametric assumption on customer behaviour.

The theorem is proved on paper. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof, and no regular choice model has been formalized on the platform. This mission produces the regular model as a reusable definition, a statement of Theorem 3.3 in which every hypothesis is explicit, and formal versions of the proof's identities and inequalities. The logarithmic step is asserted without proof in the source, so a formal proof of it completes the paper's argument.

Difficulty

Each step is elementary. The difficulty is bookkeeping. The revenue of S∗S^*S∗ has to be regrouped by distinct price levels rather than by products: several products may share a price, and kkk counts values. The regrouping uses an Abel-type rearrangement with the boundary convention Nk+1=0N_{k+1}=0Nk+1​=0. Comparing NiN_iNi​ with the purchase probability of SiS_iSi​ needs regularity twice. First, axiom 4 for products passes from S∗S^*S∗ to S∗∩SiS^*\cap S_iS∗∩Si​. Then the no-purchase case passes from S∗∩SiS^*\cap S_iS∗∩Si​ to SiS_iSi​. A proof that uses axiom 4 only for products fails at the second step, and the claim is false without it.

Formalization scope

  • Products form a finite type C with [Fintype C] [DecidableEq C]. The goal adds [Nonempty C], the paper's k≥1k\ge1k≥1. Offer sets are Finset C, and P\mathcal PP is P : C → Finset C → ℝ. The no-purchase option is not a product: P(0,S)\mathcal P(0,S)P(0,S) is the derived quantity noPurchase P S. IsRegular P carries axioms 1–4, including both no-purchase cases.
  • OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is Finset.sup' over all subsets. RO\mathrm{RO}RO is Finset.sup' over the indices 1,…,k1,\dots,k1,…,k of the threshold sets only.
  • Indices are 1-based natural numbers. level r i is rir_iri​ for 1≤i≤k1\le i\le k1≤i≤k. purchaseProfile P r S i is NiN_iNi​ for 1≤i≤k1\le i\le k1≤i≤k and 000 otherwise, which builds in Nk+1=0N_{k+1}=0Nk+1​=0.
  • Optimality is the hypothesis rev(S∗)=OPT\mathrm{rev}(S^*)=\mathrm{OPT}rev(S∗)=OPT. The index ℓ\ellℓ is a variable with hypotheses 1≤ℓ≤k1\le\ell\le k1≤ℓ≤k, Nℓ>0N_\ell>0Nℓ​>0, and Ni≯0N_i\not>0Ni​>0 for ℓ<i≤k\ell<i\le kℓ<i≤k. N1>0N_1>0N1​>0 is kept as in the paper.
  • The approximation factor is stated in product form, OPT≤D⋅RO\mathrm{OPT}\le D\cdot\mathrm{RO}OPT≤D⋅RO, never as a ratio. Both the sum form and the logarithmic form are stated. ln⁡\lnln is Real.log, applied to ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1.
  • The milestones other than the goal are stated for an arbitrary S∗S^*S∗, because the proof does not use optimality there.

The following statements are trivial or false and are not this mission: a maximum over all subsets in place of RO\mathrm{RO}RO; regularity without its no-purchase case; a purchase profile taken from a non-optimal set while rev(S∗)\mathrm{rev}(S^*)rev(S∗) is still called the optimum; the logarithmic form alone; a specific choice model (MNL, Markov chain) in place of an arbitrary regular P\mathcal PP.

A complete development needs finite sums regrouped by the values of a function and an elementary logarithm inequality. The regular choice model and the revenue-ordered sets are shared with the other missions of this series and are reusable for any analysis of assortment heuristics. Proofs of any milestone are welcome. So are alternative arguments for the logarithmic step and a proof that NNN is non-increasing.

Selected references

  • G. Berbeglia and G. Joret, Assortment Optimisation Under a General Discrete Choice Model: A Tight Analysis of Revenue-Ordered Assortments, arXiv:1606.01371v3, 2019; Algorithmica 82, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.01371v3
  • K. Talluri and G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • P. Rusmevichientong, D. Shmoys, C. Tong and H. Topaloglu, Assortment Optimization under the Multinomial Logit Model with Random Choice Parameters, Production and Operations Management 23(11), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1111/poms.12191
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift 3: Softmax Policy Gradient Ascent with Step Size η ≤ (1−γ)³/8 Converges to the Optimal ValuesResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized policy of a Markov decision process by gradient ascent on its expected discounted return. They underlie much of modern reinforcement learning (REINFORCE, actor–critic methods, TRPO, PPO), yet the objective θ↦Vπθ(μ)\theta \mapsto V^{\pi_\theta}(\mu)θ↦Vπθ​(μ) is non-concave in the parameters, and until recently even the most basic question was open: does exact gradient ascent, run on a finite MDP with the standard softmax parameterization, reach the optimal values at all?

Agarwal, Kakade, Lee and Mahajan (arXiv:1908.00261v5, JMLR 22(98), 2021) answer this in the affirmative. Their Theorem 5.1 shows that unregularized softmax policy gradient with a small constant step size converges to the optimal value at every state, provided the start distribution used for the gradient puts positive mass on every state. The result is asymptotic: no rate is given. Later work (Mei, Xiao, Szepesvári and Schuurmans, ICML 2020, arXiv:2005.06392) obtained an O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) rate with constants that can be exponentially large, and the same paper by Agarwal et al. gives polynomial rates once a log-barrier regularizer is added (its Corollary 5.1) or once the natural gradient is used (its Theorem 5.3). Theorem 5.1 is the unregularized baseline for all of these.

Setting

A finite MDP consists of finite sets S\mathcal SS of states and A\mathcal AA of actions (A\mathcal AA nonempty), a transition kernel P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a), rewards r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1] and a discount factor γ∈[0,1)\gamma\in[0,1)γ∈[0,1). A policy π\piπ assigns to each state a probability vector π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) on A\mathcal AA. Its value Vπ(s)V^\pi(s)Vπ(s) is the expected discounted sum of rewards E[∑t≥0γtr(st,at)∣s0=s]\mathbb E[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t r(s_t,a_t)\mid s_0=s]E[∑t≥0​γtr(st​,at​)∣s0​=s] when actions are drawn from π\piπ; its state–action value is Qπ(s,a)=r(s,a)+γ∑s′P(s′∣s,a)Vπ(s′)Q^\pi(s,a)=r(s,a)+\gamma\sum_{s'}P(s'\mid s,a)V^\pi(s')Qπ(s,a)=r(s,a)+γ∑s′​P(s′∣s,a)Vπ(s′) and its advantage is Aπ(s,a)=Qπ(s,a)−Vπ(s)A^\pi(s,a)=Q^\pi(s,a)-V^\pi(s)Aπ(s,a)=Qπ(s,a)−Vπ(s). For a distribution μ\muμ on states, Vπ(μ)=∑sμ(s)Vπ(s)V^\pi(\mu)=\sum_s\mu(s)V^\pi(s)Vπ(μ)=∑s​μ(s)Vπ(s), and the discounted state visitation distribution is dμπ(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtPr⁡π(st=s∣s0∼μ)d^\pi_\mu(s)=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\Pr^\pi(s_t=s\mid s_0\sim\mu)dμπ​(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtPrπ(st​=s∣s0​∼μ). A policy π⋆\pi^\starπ⋆ is optimal if Vπ(s)≤Vπ⋆(s)V^{\pi}(s)\le V^{\pi^\star}(s)Vπ(s)≤Vπ⋆(s) for every policy π\piπ and every state sss; V⋆=Vπ⋆V^\star=V^{\pi^\star}V⋆=Vπ⋆.

The softmax policy with parameters θ∈R∣S∣∣A∣\theta\in\mathbb R^{|\mathcal S||\mathcal A|}θ∈R∣S∣∣A∣ is

πθ(a∣s)=exp⁡(θs,a)∑a′∈Aexp⁡(θs,a′).\pi_\theta(a\mid s)=\frac{\exp(\theta_{s,a})}{\sum_{a'\in\mathcal A}\exp(\theta_{s,a'})}.πθ​(a∣s)=∑a′∈A​exp(θs,a′​)exp(θs,a​)​.

Softmax policy gradient ascent with step size η\etaη produces, from an arbitrary θ(0)\theta^{(0)}θ(0), the iterates

θ(t+1)=θ(t)+η ∇θV(t)(μ),V(t)=Vπθ(t).\theta^{(t+1)}=\theta^{(t)}+\eta\,\nabla_\theta V^{(t)}(\mu),\qquad V^{(t)}=V^{\pi_{\theta^{(t)}}} .θ(t+1)=θ(t)+η∇θ​V(t)(μ),V(t)=Vπθ(t)​.

The Lean development names these softmaxPolicy, softmaxValue P r γ µ θ =Vπθ(μ)=V^{\pi_\theta}(\mu)=Vπθ​(μ), and IsSoftmaxPGRun P r γ µ η θ for the update rule; PolicyValue, QFunction and IsOptimalPolicy are the published FoundationsML definitions, and valueAt, advantage and visitation are the series' shared layer.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

If μ(s)>0\mu(s)>0μ(s)>0 for every state and 0<η≤(1−γ)3/80<\eta\le(1-\gamma)^3/80<η≤(1−γ)3/8, then for every state sss

V(t)(s)⟶V⋆(s)(t→∞).V^{(t)}(s)\longrightarrow V^\star(s)\qquad(t\to\infty).V(t)(s)⟶V⋆(s)(t→∞).

Milestones (Appendices C.1 and D)

  1. Lemma C.1, the gradient formula ∂Vπθ(μ)/∂θs,a=11−γdμπθ(s)πθ(a∣s)Aπθ(s,a)\partial V^{\pi_\theta}(\mu)/\partial\theta_{s,a}=\frac1{1-\gamma}d^{\pi_\theta}_\mu(s)\pi_\theta(a\mid s)A^{\pi_\theta}(s,a)∂Vπθ​(μ)/∂θs,a​=1−γ1​dμπθ​​(s)πθ​(a∣s)Aπθ​(s,a).
  2. Lemma D.1, smoothness 5∥c∥∞5\|c\|_\infty5∥c∥∞​ of θs↦∑aπθ(a∣s)ca\theta_s\mapsto\sum_a\pi_\theta(a\mid s)c_aθs​↦∑a​πθ​(a∣s)ca​.
  3. Lemma D.4 at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0, smoothness 8/(1−γ)38/(1-\gamma)^38/(1−γ)3 of θ↦Vπθ(μ)\theta\mapsto V^{\pi_\theta}(\mu)θ↦Vπθ​(μ).
  4. Lemma C.2, pointwise monotone improvement of V(t)(s)V^{(t)}(s)V(t)(s) and Q(t)(s,a)Q^{(t)}(s,a)Q(t)(s,a) for η≤(1−γ)2/5\eta\le(1-\gamma)^2/5η≤(1−γ)2/5.
  5. Lemma C.3, existence of the limits V(∞)V^{(\infty)}V(∞), Q(∞)Q^{(\infty)}Q(∞) and the bound (40).
  6. Lemma C.4, eventual sign separation (41) of the advantages on I+s={a:Q(∞)(s,a)>V(∞)(s)}I^s_+=\{a:Q^{(\infty)}(s,a)>V^{(\infty)}(s)\}I+s​={a:Q(∞)(s,a)>V(∞)(s)} and I−s={a:Q(∞)(s,a)<V(∞)(s)}I^s_-=\{a:Q^{(\infty)}(s,a)<V^{(\infty)}(s)\}I−s​={a:Q(∞)(s,a)<V(∞)(s)}.
  7. Lemma C.5, vanishing gradients, π(t)(a∣s)→0\pi^{(t)}(a\mid s)\to0π(t)(a∣s)→0 off I0s={a:Q(∞)(s,a)=V(∞)(s)}I^s_0=\{a:Q^{(\infty)}(s,a)=V^{(\infty)}(s)\}I0s​={a:Q(∞)(s,a)=V(∞)(s)}, and ∑a∈I0sπ(t)(a∣s)→1\sum_{a\in I^s_0}\pi^{(t)}(a\mid s)\to1∑a∈I0s​​π(t)(a∣s)→1.
  8. Lemma C.6, eventual strict monotonicity of θs,a(t)\theta^{(t)}_{s,a}θs,a(t)​ on I±sI^s_\pmI±s​.
  9. Lemma C.7, divergence of max⁡a∈I0sθs,a(t)\max_{a\in I^s_0}\theta^{(t)}_{s,a}maxa∈I0s​​θs,a(t)​ and min⁡aθs,a(t)\min_a\theta^{(t)}_{s,a}mina​θs,a(t)​ when I+s≠∅I^s_+\neq\emptysetI+s​=∅.
  10. Lemma C.11, lower boundedness of θs,a(t)\theta^{(t)}_{s,a}θs,a(t)​ on I+sI^s_+I+s​ and θs,a(t)→−∞\theta^{(t)}_{s,a}\to-\inftyθs,a(t)​→−∞ on I−sI^s_-I−s​.

The goal states only convergence to the optimal values, with the paper's constants in the step-size bound; no rate is claimed.

Significance

The theorem establishes that the non-concavity of the softmax objective does not trap exact gradient ascent: from any initialization, the values of the iterates converge to V⋆V^\starV⋆ at every state, not only on average under μ\muμ. It is the reference point for the rate results of the same paper (log-barrier regularization, natural policy gradient) and for the subsequent literature on softmax policy gradient rates and lower bounds. It also isolates the role of exploration in the start distribution: Remark 5.1 of the paper leaves open whether μ>0\mu>0μ>0 can be dropped.

The result is proved in the paper; to the knowledge of the mission authors none of it is formalized in Lean or any other proof assistant. A complete development would provide a machine-checked gradient formula for the softmax class, smoothness bounds for discounted values, and a monotone-improvement argument for policy gradient, each reusable for other parameterizations and other policy optimization methods.

Difficulty

The obvious route fails. The gradient domination property of the direct parameterization (Lemma 4.1 of the paper) would conclude from ∇πVπ(μ)→0\nabla_\pi V^\pi(\mu)\to0∇π​Vπ(μ)→0, but under softmax ∂V/∂θs,a=πθ(a∣s) ∂V/∂πθ(a∣s)\partial V/\partial\theta_{s,a}=\pi_\theta(a\mid s)\,\partial V/\partial\pi_\theta(a\mid s)∂V/∂θs,a​=πθ​(a∣s)∂V/∂πθ​(a∣s), so a vanishing θ\thetaθ-gradient says nothing once some action probabilities vanish, and the iterates do drive probabilities to zero while parameters diverge. A smoothness-based argument therefore gives only stationarity in the limit. The asymptotic analysis must instead track which actions keep positive limiting advantage, how the individual parameters θs,a(t)\theta^{(t)}_{s,a}θs,a(t)​ move once the advantage signs are frozen, and why an action with strictly positive limiting advantage cannot coexist with the behaviour of the remaining parameters. Lemmas C.7–C.12 carry that bookkeeping; the limiting sets I0s,I±sI^s_0, I^s_\pmI0s​,I±s​ and the existence of the limits are themselves consequences of the pointwise monotone improvement of Lemma C.2, which needs its own smoothness bound.

Formalization scope

Standing setting of §3: finite types S, A with decidable equality, A nonempty; IsFiniteMDP P r γ (a transition kernel, rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1], 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1); IsDist µ. Parameters live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (S × A), so norms are ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ and Mathlib's gradient is ∇θ\nabla_\theta∇θ​; the coordinate (s,a)(s,a)(s,a) of the gradient is ∂/∂θs,a\partial/\partial\theta_{s,a}∂/∂θs,a​. Logarithms do not appear. Conventions committed to:

  • V⋆(s)V^\star(s)V⋆(s) is PolicyValue πstar P r γ s for a policy πstar with IsOptimalPolicy πstar P r γ, optimal simultaneously at every state; it is not a real supremum over all functions.
  • The step size satisfies 0<η0<\eta0<η, which "gradient ascent" presupposes and the page does not write; at η=0\eta=0η=0 the theorem is false.
  • μ(s)>0\mu(s)>0μ(s)>0 for every sss is a hypothesis of the goal and of Lemmas C.5–C.11; Lemmas C.1–C.4 are stated without it, and Lemma C.1 for an arbitrary real weighting μ\muμ.
  • In Lemmas C.4–C.11 the limits V(∞)V^{(\infty)}V(∞), Q(∞)Q^{(\infty)}Q(∞) are parameters with the hypotheses that they are the limits of V(t)V^{(t)}V(t), Q(t)Q^{(t)}Q(t). The paper's Δ=min⁡A(∞)(s,a)≠0∣A(∞)(s,a)∣\Delta=\min_{A^{(\infty)}(s,a)\neq0}|A^{(\infty)}(s,a)|Δ=minA(∞)(s,a)=0​∣A(∞)(s,a)∣ is replaced by any Δ>0\Delta>0Δ>0 bounded by every nonzero ∣A(∞)(s,a)∣|A^{(\infty)}(s,a)|∣A(∞)(s,a)∣, which avoids an undefined minimum over an empty set.
  • "→±∞\to\pm\infty→±∞" is Tendsto … atTop atTop / atBot; "strictly increasing for t≥T1t\ge T_1t≥T1​" is StrictMonoOn on Set.Ici T1, with T1T_1T1​ existentially quantified.

The goal theorem does not assume the existence of limits, monotonicity of the iterates, or anything about the sets I0s,I±sI^s_0, I^s_\pmI0s​,I±s​; a formalization that did would assume the substance of the proof. Lemmas C.7 and C.11 (first part) carry the hypothesis I+s≠∅I^s_+\neq\emptysetI+s​=∅ of the paper's proof by contradiction, which no actual run satisfies once Theorem 5.1 is proved; they are steps of that argument.

A full development needs: differentiability of θ↦Vπθ\theta\mapsto V^{\pi_\theta}θ↦Vπθ​ and the policy gradient theorem in the occupancy-measure form, the performance difference lemma, the descent lemma for LLL-smooth functions, and Hessian bounds for the softmax map. Contributions to any of these, to the optional Lemmas C.8–C.10 and C.12 of the paper, or to the final contradiction argument are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Agarwal, S. M. Kakade, J. D. Lee, G. Mahajan, On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift, JMLR 22(98), 2021; arXiv:1908.00261v5. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.00261
  • J. Mei, C. Xiao, C. Szepesvári, D. Schuurmans, On the Global Convergence Rates of Softmax Policy Gradient Methods, ICML 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2005.06392
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, ICML 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • R. S. Sutton, D. McAllester, S. Singh, Y. Mansour, Policy Gradient Methods for Reinforcement Learning with Function Approximation, NeurIPS 1999. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/1713-policy-gradient-methods-for-reinforcement-learning-with-function-approximation
21 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationLinear algebraMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization 2: Full-Matrix AdaGrad's Regret Is Bounded by tr(G_T^{1/2})Research Paper

Motivation

Online convex optimization is the standard model for learning from a stream of data: in round ttt a learner commits to a point xtx_txt​ in a convex set X⊆Rd\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^dX⊆Rd, a convex loss ftf_tft​ is revealed, and the learner pays ft(xt)+φ(xt)f_t(x_t)+\varphi(x_t)ft​(xt​)+φ(xt​), where φ\varphiφ is a fixed regularizer. Subgradient methods for this model use one fixed geometry (usually the Euclidean one) for every coordinate and every direction, regardless of the data. Duchi, Hazan and Singer (JMLR 12 (2011) 2121–2159) introduced ADAGRAD, which adapts the geometry to the observed subgradients. The diagonal version is one of the most widely used optimizers in machine learning and the ancestor of RMSProp and Adam. This mission formalizes the paper's full-matrix version: the proximal term is built from the matrix square root of the accumulated outer products of the subgradients, so the method adapts to correlated directions, not only to individual coordinates.

The analysis extends the regret bounds of primal-dual subgradient methods and regularized dual averaging (Nesterov 2009; Xiao 2010) and of composite mirror descent to proximal functions that change over time, and combines them with trace inequalities for the matrix square root. Concurrent work by McMahan and Streeter (COLT 2010) studied closely related adaptive proximal methods.

Setting

Vectors live in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​. In round t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… the learner plays xt∈Xx_t\in\mathcal Xxt​∈X and observes a subgradient gt∈∂ft(xt)g_t\in\partial f_t(x_t)gt​∈∂ft​(xt​), that is, ft(y)≥ft(xt)+⟨gt,y−xt⟩f_t(y)\ge f_t(x_t)+\langle g_t,y-x_t\rangleft​(y)≥ft​(xt​)+⟨gt​,y−xt​⟩ for all yyy. The regret against a comparator x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X is

Rϕ(T)=∑t=1T[ft(xt)+φ(xt)−ft(x∗)−φ(x∗)].R_\phi(T)=\sum_{t=1}^T\big[f_t(x_t)+\varphi(x_t)-f_t(x^*)-\varphi(x^*)\big].Rϕ​(T)=t=1∑T​[ft​(xt​)+φ(xt​)−ft​(x∗)−φ(x∗)].

The outer product matrix is Gt=∑τ=1tgτgτ⊤G_t=\sum_{\tau=1}^t g_\tau g_\tau^\topGt​=∑τ=1t​gτ​gτ⊤​, a symmetric positive semidefinite d×dd\times dd×d matrix, and St=Gt1/2S_t=G_t^{1/2}St​=Gt1/2​ is its positive semidefinite square root. With parameters η>0\eta>0η>0 and δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0, ADAGRAD with full matrices (Figure 2 of the paper) sets

Ht=δI+St,ψt(x)=12⟨x,Htx⟩,Bψt(x,y)=12⟨x−y,Ht(x−y)⟩,H_t=\delta I+S_t,\qquad \psi_t(x)=\tfrac12\langle x,H_tx\rangle,\qquad B_{\psi_t}(x,y)=\tfrac12\langle x-y,H_t(x-y)\rangle,Ht​=δI+St​,ψt​(x)=21​⟨x,Ht​x⟩,Bψt​​(x,y)=21​⟨x−y,Ht​(x−y)⟩,

starts at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0, and computes xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ by one of two updates:

  • the primal-dual subgradient update (3): xt+1∈argmin⁡x∈X{η⟨1t∑τ≤tgτ,x⟩+ηφ(x)+1tψt(x)}x_{t+1}\in\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X}\{\eta\langle\tfrac1t\sum_{\tau\le t}g_\tau,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+\tfrac1t\psi_t(x)\}xt+1​∈argminx∈X​{η⟨t1​∑τ≤t​gτ​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+t1​ψt​(x)};
  • the composite mirror descent update (4): xt+1∈argmin⁡x∈X{η⟨gt,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt(x,xt)}x_{t+1}\in\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X}\{\eta\langle g_t,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+B_{\psi_t}(x,x_t)\}xt+1​∈argminx∈X​{η⟨gt​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt​​(x,xt​)}.

The dual (semi)norm of ψt\psi_tψt​ is ∥v∥ψt∗2=⟨v,Ht†v⟩\|v\|_{\psi_t^*}^2=\langle v,H_t^\dagger v\rangle∥v∥ψt∗​2​=⟨v,Ht†​v⟩, where A†A^\daggerA† is the pseudo-inverse.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7

Assume X\mathcal XX closed and convex, ftf_tft​ and φ\varphiφ convex, and φ\varphiφ minimized over X\mathcal XX at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. For the primal-dual update with δ≥max⁡t≤T∥gt∥2\delta\ge\max_{t\le T}\|g_t\|_2δ≥maxt≤T​∥gt​∥2​, every x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X satisfies

Rϕ(T)≤δη∥x∗∥22+1η∥x∗∥22tr⁡(GT1/2)+ηtr⁡(GT1/2),R_\phi(T)\le\frac\delta\eta\|x^*\|_2^2+\frac1\eta\|x^*\|_2^2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})+\eta\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}),Rϕ​(T)≤ηδ​∥x∗∥22​+η1​∥x∗∥22​tr(GT1/2​)+ηtr(GT1/2​),

and for the composite mirror descent update with any δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0,

Rϕ(T)≤δη∥x∗∥22+12ηmax⁡t≤T∥x∗−xt∥22tr⁡(GT1/2)+ηtr⁡(GT1/2).R_\phi(T)\le\frac\delta\eta\|x^*\|_2^2+\frac1{2\eta}\max_{t\le T}\|x^*-x_t\|_2^2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})+\eta\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}).Rϕ​(T)≤ηδ​∥x∗∥22​+2η1​t≤Tmax​∥x∗−xt​∥22​tr(GT1/2​)+ηtr(GT1/2​).

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Lemma 16 and Propositions 3 and 2: regret bounds for mirror descent and dual averaging with time-varying quadratic proximal functions ψt(x)=12⟨x,Htx⟩\psi_t(x)=\tfrac12\langle x,H_tx\rangleψt​(x)=21​⟨x,Ht​x⟩ ((11) and (10)).
  2. Lemma 13: A⪰B⪰0A\succeq B\succeq0A⪰B⪰0 implies A1/2⪰B1/2A^{1/2}\succeq B^{1/2}A1/2⪰B1/2.
  3. The first display of the proof of Theorem 7 and inequality (16): the growth of the Bregman terms is controlled by tr⁡(Gt1/2)\operatorname{tr}(G_t^{1/2})tr(Gt1/2​).
  4. Lemma 14 (∇Xtr⁡(Xp)=pXp−1\nabla_X\operatorname{tr}(X^p)=pX^{p-1}∇X​tr(Xp)=pXp−1), Lemma 8 (a first-order concavity inequality for tr⁡(B1/2)\operatorname{tr}(B^{1/2})tr(B1/2) at singular BBB), Lemma 9, and Lemma 10, the doubling lemma
∑t=1T⟨gt,St†gt⟩≤2∑t=1T⟨gt,ST†gt⟩=2tr⁡(GT1/2).\sum_{t=1}^T\langle g_t,S_t^\dagger g_t\rangle\le2\sum_{t=1}^T\langle g_t,S_T^\dagger g_t\rangle=2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}).t=1∑T​⟨gt​,St†​gt​⟩≤2t=1∑T​⟨gt​,ST†​gt​⟩=2tr(GT1/2​).
  1. (17): the dual-norm sums of both updates are at most 2tr⁡(GT1/2)2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})2tr(GT1/2​).

Significance

The quantity tr⁡(GT1/2)\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})tr(GT1/2​) can be much smaller than the Tmax⁡t∥gt∥2\sqrt{T}\max_t\|g_t\|_2T​maxt​∥gt​∥2​ factor in the regret of non-adaptive online gradient descent with a tuned step size: it is small when the subgradients concentrate in a few directions, possibly not aligned with the coordinate axes. The paper's Corollary 11 rewrites it as d\sqrt dd​ times the square root of inf⁡{∑tgt⊤S−1gt:S⪰0,tr⁡(S)≤d}\inf\{\sum_t g_t^\top S^{-1}g_t: S\succeq0,\operatorname{tr}(S)\le d\}inf{∑t​gt⊤​S−1gt​:S⪰0,tr(S)≤d}, the gradient term of the best fixed full-matrix proximal function chosen in hindsight. The supporting results have their own uses. Propositions 2 and 3 are the generic regret bounds for adaptive proximal methods. Lemmas 8–10 are trace inequalities for the matrix square root that appear throughout the analysis of second-order online methods.

The results are proved in the paper. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires the matrix functional calculus (square roots, pseudo-inverses, real powers) in a form usable for inequalities, which Mathlib has only partly: for instance, monotonicity of the square root is in Mathlib for C*-algebras, which covers complex but not real matrices. A complete development gives a verified regret bound for an adaptive full-matrix method together with these matrix inequalities.

Difficulty

The online-learning half (Lemma 16, Propositions 2 and 3) is a convex-analysis argument once the proximal functions are quadratic. The obstacle is the matrix half. The natural approach to Lemma 10 is induction with a scalar inequality b−a≤b−a/(2b)\sqrt{b-a}\le\sqrt b-a/(2\sqrt b)b−a​≤b​−a/(2b​) applied eigenvalue by eigenvalue. This fails because GT−1G_{T-1}GT−1​ and GTG_TGT​ do not commute, so their eigenvectors differ. One needs the concavity of A↦tr⁡(A1/2)A\mapsto\operatorname{tr}(A^{1/2})A↦tr(A1/2) on positive semidefinite matrices and its gradient, at points where AAA may be singular. That is where Lemma 8 and the pseudo-inverse enter: the inverse root does not exist, and a limit δ↓0\delta\downarrow0δ↓0 is needed. The same issue arises in Lemma 9 and in the dual norm when δ=0\delta=0δ=0.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ‖·‖ is the Euclidean norm. Matrices are Matrix (Fin d) (Fin d) ℝ, acting on vectors through Matrix.toEuclideanLin. The square root is Mathlib's CFC.sqrt under the Loewner order (MatrixOrder). The pseudo-inverse is the functional calculus of λ↦λ−1\lambda\mapsto\lambda^{-1}λ↦λ−1 with 0−1=00^{-1}=00−1=0, and B−1/2B^{-1/2}B−1/2 is written as (B†)1/2(B^\dagger)^{1/2}(B†)1/2. Mathlib's matrix inverse is used only where the matrix is invertible or the vector is zero. Rounds are 1-based and G0=0G_0=0G0​=0. The losses and φ\varphiφ are real-valued convex functions, and the constraint is carried by X\mathcal XX. Each update's argmin is a predicate (the next iterate lies in X\mathcal XX and minimizes the objective there), which does not assert existence or uniqueness. A run consists of the TTT rounds of Figure 2, with the subgradient relation imposed in every round. The subgradient relation is the platform's published ShorNonsmooth.AlmostDiff.IsSubgradient.

Restrictions and conventions, each stated in the item that needs it:

  • φ\varphiφ is minimized over X\mathcal XX at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. This is the paper's x1=arg⁡min⁡Xφx_1=\arg\min_{\mathcal X}\varphix1​=argminX​φ. Without it both parts of Theorem 7 are false.
  • Lemma 8 assumes ν≥0\nu\ge0ν≥0. The page says "for any ν\nuν", but the inequality fails for ν<0\nu<0ν<0 (for B=0B=0B=0, ν=−1\nu=-1ν=−1 it reads 2∥g∥2≤02\|g\|_2\le02∥g∥2​≤0). The paper only applies the lemma with ν=1\nu=1ν=1.
  • Lemma 16 and Propositions 2, 3 are specialised to quadratic proximal functions. In Lemma 16 and Proposition 3, HtH_tHt​ is positive semidefinite and gtg_tgt​ lies in its range, so the dual norm is finite. In Proposition 2, HtH_tHt​ is positive definite, the HtH_tHt​ increase, and x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. Lemma 16 asks for x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X. Proposition 3 is stated for T≥1T\ge1T≥1 rounds.
  • H0=δIH_0=\delta IH0​=δI in the dual norm ∥⋅∥ψ0∗\|\cdot\|_{\psi_0^*}∥⋅∥ψ0∗​​ of (17) and Theorem 7. Figure 2's H0=0H_0=0H0​=0 is never used by the updates.
  • Lemma 14's gradient is stated as a directional derivative along every symmetric direction.

A formalization in which the next iterate need not lie in X\mathcal XX, the comparator ranges outside X\mathcal XX, StS_tSt​ is GtG_tGt​ itself or its entrywise square root, or St†S_t^\daggerSt†​ is Mathlib's matrix inverse (which vanishes on singular matrices), states a different theorem and is excluded.

Proofs need the convex-analysis optimality conditions for the two updates, the Loewner-order calculus of CFC.sqrt on real matrices (Lemma 13), concavity and differentiability of tr⁡(A1/2)\operatorname{tr}(A^{1/2})tr(A1/2), and limits δ↓0\delta\downarrow0δ↓0 in the functional calculus. The matrix lemmas (13, 14, 8, 9, 10) are reusable outside this paper. Alternative proofs, for instance of Lemma 10 through operator concavity, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Duchi, E. Hazan, Y. Singer, Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 12 (2011) 2121–2159. https://jmlr.org/papers/v12/duchi11a.html
  • H. B. McMahan, M. Streeter, Adaptive Bound Optimization for Online Convex Optimization, COLT 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1002.4908
  • L. Xiao, Dual Averaging Methods for Regularized Stochastic Learning and Online Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2543–2596. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/xiao10a.html
  • Y. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems, Mathematical Programming 120 (2009) 221–259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0149-x
  • T. Ando, Concavity of certain maps on positive definite matrices and applications to Hadamard products, Linear Algebra and its Applications 26 (1979) 203–241. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3795(79)90179-4
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers III: Parallel Projections — the Dual Average Vanishes and ADMM Reduces to Project-and-AverageTextbook

Motivation

Many feasibility problems ask for a point satisfying several constraints at once. When each constraint set admits a manageable Euclidean projection, a parallel method can project onto all sets independently and combine the results. Chapter 5 of Boyd, Parikh, Chu, Peleato and Eckstein (2011) places this construction inside the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM). That connection matters when a single projection onto the intersection is difficult but projections onto its individual factors are available.

The chapter first rewrites constrained convex optimization as a split problem. It then treats feasibility for two sets and finally an arbitrary finite collection of sets. For the latter, the product of the sets captures the separate constraints, while a consensus set forces all copies of the variable to agree. These are ordinary finite dimensional convex sets, so the account applies to geometric feasibility and to constrained optimization subproblems in which projection is the computational primitive. The mission isolates the identities that let the product-space algorithm run through parallel individual projections and one average.

Setting

A Euclidean projection of a vector vvv onto a set CCC is a point p∈Cp\in Cp∈C closest to vvv in Euclidean distance. Each set Ai⊆Rn\mathcal A_i\subseteq\mathbb R^nAi​⊆Rn, for i=1,…,Ni=1,\ldots,Ni=1,…,N, is assumed nonempty, closed and convex, and N≥1N\ge1N≥1. These properties give a unique projection for every input. They do not require the common intersection ⋂iAi\bigcap_i\mathcal A_i⋂i​Ai​ to be nonempty: the iteration and the algebraic identities still make sense when the feasibility problem has no solution.

A block vector x=(x1,…,xN)x=(x_1,\ldots,x_N)x=(x1​,…,xN​) belongs to the product set C=A1×⋯×AN\mathcal C=\mathcal A_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal A_NC=A1​×⋯×AN​ exactly when xi∈Aix_i\in\mathcal A_ixi​∈Ai​ for all iii. The consensus set D\mathcal DD consists of constant block vectors (z,…,z)(z,\ldots,z)(z,…,z). The block average is xˉ=N−1∑ixi\bar x=N^{-1}\sum_i x_ixˉ=N−1∑i​xi​. Distances in the stacked space use the ordinary Euclidean metric, whose square is ∑i∥xi−yi∥22\sum_i\|x_i-y_i\|_2^2∑i​∥xi​−yi​∥22​. A block vector need not carry a function-space norm in the formalization for this metric to be stated precisely.

Starting with arbitrary z0∈Rnz^0\in\mathbb R^nz0∈Rn and u0=(ui0)u^0=(u_i^0)u0=(ui0​), the parallel projection ADMM run has three updates: each xik+1x_i^{k+1}xik+1​ is the projection of zk−uikz^k-u_i^kzk−uik​ onto Ai\mathcal A_iAi​; zk+1z^{k+1}zk+1 is the average of xik+1+uikx_i^{k+1}+u_i^kxik+1​+uik​; and uik+1=uik+xik+1−zk+1u_i^{k+1}=u_i^k+x_i^{k+1}-z^{k+1}uik+1​=uik​+xik+1​−zk+1. The uiku_i^kuik​ are scaled dual variables, formed using a penalty parameter ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0. The source presents these equations as the specialization of scaled ADMM for the indicator functions of C\mathcal CC and D\mathcal DD §5.1.2, pp. 35–36.

Formalization targets

The first targets identify the projections that make the iteration parallel:

ΠC(x)=(ΠA1(x1),…,ΠAN(xN)),ΠD(x)=(xˉ,…,xˉ).\Pi_{\mathcal C}(x)=(\Pi_{\mathcal A_1}(x_1),\ldots,\Pi_{\mathcal A_N}(x_N)),\qquad \Pi_{\mathcal D}(x)=(\bar x,\ldots,\bar x).ΠC​(x)=(ΠA1​​(x1​),…,ΠAN​​(xN​)),ΠD​(x)=(xˉ,…,xˉ).

The goal is the full reduction of a run. Its dual average is zero after every update, and its common vector equals the primal average from the following update onward:

uˉk+1=0(k≥0),zk+1=xˉk+1(k≥1).\bar u^{k+1}=0\quad(k\ge0),\qquad z^{k+1}=\bar x^{k+1}\quad(k\ge1).uˉk+1=0(k≥0),zk+1=xˉk+1(k≥1).

Consequently, for every k≥2k\ge2k≥2 and every iii, the same iterates obey the simpler two-line algorithm

xik+1=ΠAi(xˉk−uik),uik+1=uik+xik+1−xˉk+1.x_i^{k+1}=\Pi_{\mathcal A_i}(\bar x^k-u_i^k),\qquad u_i^{k+1}=u_i^k+x_i^{k+1}-\bar x^{k+1}.xik+1​=ΠAi​​(xˉk−uik​),uik+1​=uik​+xik+1​−xˉk+1.

If uˉ0=0\bar u^0=0uˉ0=0, those last identities hold already for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. The index qualification is necessary because z0z^0z0 is arbitrary, and z1z^1z1 still contains the initial dual average unless that average was zero. This is the precise reading of the source's “after the first step” statement §5.1.2, p. 36. The milestone list also records the indicator-function projection update on p. 33 and the averaged identities on p. 36.

Significance

The result identifies what information must pass between the parallel projection steps: each local step needs the shared average and its own dual displacement. It also fixes the relationship between the displayed three-variable ADMM iteration and the shorter project-and-average rule. Without the dual-average identity, replacing zkz^kzk by xˉk\bar x^kxˉk is not justified at the initial indices. The product and consensus projection identities explain why the update can be decomposed into independent local projections followed by a mean §5.1.2, p. 35.

The chapter's identities are known mathematical results; this mission asks for machine-checked proofs of their stated finite dimensional version. A completed development supplies reusable statements about nearest-point projection onto products and diagonal sets, and a precise run predicate for later analysis of parallel ADMM. The goal is a statement about every valid run rather than a claim of convergence or existence of a feasible common point. Neither convergence nor feasibility of the intersection is concluded on these pages. Those distinctions keep the mission aligned with the actual scope of Chapter 5.

Difficulty

The product projection uses a sum of squared component distances. Treating a block vector as an arbitrary function and applying its default norm would change the metric, so a projection theorem stated that way would describe a different algorithm. The consensus projection likewise depends on the Euclidean sum and the finite average, including the condition N≥1N\ge1N≥1. The run reduction has a separate indexing difficulty: the vanishing average follows after one dual update, but the first simplified projection step can occur later because it uses the previous common vector. An argument that silently assumes z0=xˉ0z^0=\bar x^0z0=xˉ0 would erase the arbitrary initialization on the source page.

Formalization scope

Lean represents each Rn\mathbb R^nRn as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and the NNN blocks as a function on Fin N; the latter is the source's 111-based indexing shifted to 000-based indices. Squared stacked distance is defined as the sum of squared component norms. The average uses the real factor 1/N1/N1/N only under 0<N0<N0<N. Individual projections reuse the published nearest-point relation RandomGradFree.Nonsmooth.IsMetricProjection. A run records the three updates as conditions on sequences, with arbitrary z0,u0z^0,u^0z0,u0 and unused x0x^0x0. The source's scaled dual variable uuu appears directly; ρ\rhoρ cancels from these projection updates once it is positive.

The source assumes closed convex sets; nonemptiness is stated explicitly here because a projection onto an empty set does not exist. The book prints −zk-z^k−zk in its averaged dual update on p. 36, while its defining update on p. 35 and the next line on p. 36 require −zk+1-z^{k+1}−zk+1. The formal statement uses the corrected index. The book also calls the individual sets Ci\mathcal C_iCi​ in its closing sentence; the sets defined for this subsection are Ai\mathcal A_iAi​. The milestone quote preserves the printed intermediate index. The goal includes the simplified primal and dual updates, since asserting only that the dual average vanishes would omit the chapter's advertised reduction.

The development needs finite sums in Euclidean spaces, convex-set projection, and elementary properties of product and diagonal sets. Product and consensus projection results are useful beyond ADMM. Contributions proving the four milestones, the full run theorem, or equivalent projection lemmas at the same generality are within scope.

Selected references

  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato and J. Eckstein, Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 3(1), 2011, pp. 1–122. DOI: 10.1561/2200000016.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport 3: A Worst-Case Transport Plan Exists in a Locally Compact Normed Space under Growth Conditions on c and fResearch Paper

Motivation

In distributionally robust modelling, a baseline probability model μ\muμ on a space SSS is distrusted, and the analyst reports the largest expected loss over every model within a budget of μ\muμ. Blanchet and Murthy (arXiv:1604.01446; Math. Oper. Res. 44(2), 2019, doi:10.1287/moor.2018.0936) measure the budget with an optimal transport cost and prove strong duality for the resulting worst-case expectation on an arbitrary Polish space, with a lower semicontinuous cost and an upper semicontinuous performance function. Duality computes the worst-case value. A risk manager also wants the worst-case model: a distribution that attains the value, whose structure explains which perturbation of μ\muμ is most harmful.

Such a model need not exist. Unlike the Kantorovich problem, where the set of couplings with two fixed marginals is weakly compact, the feasible set here fixes only one marginal and is not compact in general. Section 5 of the paper gives an example on R\mathbb RR where the supremum is not attained, then gives abstract conditions under which it is (Proposition 9), and growth conditions on a locally compact normed space that imply them (Corollary 1). Related existence results in Rd\mathbb R^dRd were obtained by Gao and Kleywegt (arXiv:1604.02199, 2016) and, for empirical baselines and norm costs, by Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (arXiv:1505.05116, 2018).

Setting

Let SSS be a Polish space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra, μ\muμ a probability measure on SSS, δ>0\delta>0δ>0 a budget, c:S×S→[0,∞)c:S\times S\to[0,\infty)c:S×S→[0,∞) a cost and f:S→Rf:S\to\mathbb Rf:S→R a performance function. The standing assumptions are:

  • (A1) ccc is lower semicontinuous and c(x,y)=0c(x,y)=0c(x,y)=0 iff x=yx=yx=y;
  • (A2) fff is upper semicontinuous and μ\muμ-integrable.

The primal feasible set Φμ,δ\Phi_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ​ consists of the probability measures π\piπ on S×SS\times SS×S with first marginal μ\muμ and ∫c dπ≤δ\int c\,d\pi\le\delta∫cdπ≤δ (transport plans out of μ\muμ of cost at most δ\deltaδ). The primal objective is I(π)=∫f(y) dπ(x,y)I(\pi)=\int f(y)\,d\pi(x,y)I(π)=∫f(y)dπ(x,y) and the primal value is I=sup⁡{I(π):π∈Φμ,δ}I=\sup\{I(\pi):\pi\in\Phi_{\mu,\delta}\}I=sup{I(π):π∈Φμ,δ​}. The dual feasible set Λc,f\Lambda_{c,f}Λc,f​ consists of pairs (λ,φ)(\lambda,\varphi)(λ,φ) with λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, φ:S→[−∞,∞]\varphi:S\to[-\infty,\infty]φ:S→[−∞,∞] universally measurable and φ(x)+λc(x,y)≥f(y)\varphi(x)+\lambda c(x,y)\ge f(y)φ(x)+λc(x,y)≥f(y) for all x,yx,yx,y. The dual objective is J(λ,φ)=λδ+∫φ dμJ(\lambda,\varphi)=\lambda\delta+\int\varphi\,d\muJ(λ,φ)=λδ+∫φdμ and the dual value is J=inf⁡J(λ,φ)J=\inf J(\lambda,\varphi)J=infJ(λ,φ). For λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 put φλ(x)=sup⁡y{f(y)−λc(x,y)}\varphi_\lambda(x)=\sup_y\{f(y)-\lambda c(x,y)\}φλ​(x)=supy​{f(y)−λc(x,y)}.

Section 5 assumes throughout that (λ∗,φλ∗)∈Λc,f(\lambda^*,\varphi_{\lambda^*})\in\Lambda_{c,f}(λ∗,φλ∗​)∈Λc,f​ is a dual optimal pair with I=J=J(λ∗,φλ∗)<∞I=J=J(\lambda^*,\varphi_{\lambda^*})<\inftyI=J=J(λ∗,φλ∗​)<∞. Write Φμ,δ′\Phi'_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ′​ for the plans in Φμ,δ\Phi_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ​ concentrated on {f(x)≤f(y)}\{f(x)\le f(y)\}{f(x)≤f(y)}.

(P-Compactness): for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there are a compact KεK_\varepsilonKε​ with μ(Kε)>1−ε\mu(K_\varepsilon)>1-\varepsilonμ(Kε​)>1−ε and γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 such that {(x,y)∈Kε×S:f(y)−λ∗c(x,y)≥φλ∗(x)−γ}\{(x,y)\in K_\varepsilon\times S: f(y)-\lambda^*c(x,y)\ge\varphi_{\lambda^*}(x)-\gamma\}{(x,y)∈Kε​×S:f(y)−λ∗c(x,y)≥φλ∗​(x)−γ} has compact closure. (P-USC): lim sup⁡nI(πn)≤I(π∗)\limsup_n I(\pi_n)\le I(\pi^*)limsupn​I(πn​)≤I(π∗) whenever πn∈Φμ,δ′\pi_n\in\Phi'_{\mu,\delta}πn​∈Φμ,δ′​ converge weakly to π∗∈Φμ,δ\pi^*\in\Phi_{\mu,\delta}π∗∈Φμ,δ​.

On a normed space EEE: (A3) c(x,y)≥g(∥x−y∥)c(x,y)\ge g(\|x-y\|)c(x,y)≥g(∥x−y∥) for ∥x−y∥>C\|x-y\|>C∥x−y∥>C, with ggg nondecreasing and g(t)↑∞g(t)\uparrow\inftyg(t)↑∞. (A4) (f(y)−f(x))/(1+h(∥x−y∥))≤K(f(y)-f(x))/(1+h(\|x-y\|))\le K(f(y)−f(x))/(1+h(∥x−y∥))≤K for an increasing hhh with h(t)↑∞h(t)\uparrow\inftyh(t)↑∞; and for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, f(y)−f(x)≤ε(1+c(x,y))f(y)-f(x)\le\varepsilon(1+c(x,y))f(y)−f(x)≤ε(1+c(x,y)) once ∥x−y∥>Cε\|x-y\|>C_\varepsilon∥x−y∥>Cε​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 1 (p. 27)

Let EEE be a real normed space that is locally compact, and let c,fc,fc,f satisfy (A1)–(A4). Under the standing assumption, if λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0 there is π∗∈Φμ,δ\pi^*\in\Phi_{\mu,\delta}π∗∈Φμ,δ​ with

I(π∗)=I=J=J(λ∗,φλ∗).I(\pi^*)=I=J=J(\lambda^*,\varphi_{\lambda^*}).I(π∗)=I=J=J(λ∗,φλ∗​).

Milestones

  1. Remark 4, (10)–(11) (p. 8): for π∈Φμ,δ\pi\in\Phi_{\mu,\delta}π∈Φμ,δ​, I−I(π)I-I(\pi)I−I(π) is the sum of two nonnegative gaps, ∫(φλ∗(x)−f(y)+λ∗c(x,y)) dπ\int(\varphi_{\lambda^*}(x)-f(y)+\lambda^*c(x,y))\,d\pi∫(φλ∗​(x)−f(y)+λ∗c(x,y))dπ and λ∗(δ−∫c dπ)\lambda^*(\delta-\int c\,d\pi)λ∗(δ−∫cdπ); so an ε\varepsilonε-optimal plan has both gaps at most ε\varepsilonε.
  2. Lemma 17 (p. 43): every plan in Φμ,δ\Phi_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ​ can be replaced by one in Φμ,δ′\Phi'_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ′​ with at least the same value.
  3. §5 display (p. 26): I=sup⁡{I(π):π∈Φμ,δ′}I=\sup\{I(\pi):\pi\in\Phi'_{\mu,\delta}\}I=sup{I(π):π∈Φμ,δ′​}.
  4. Proposition 9 (p. 26): on a Polish space, (P-Compactness) and (P-USC) give a primal optimizer.
  5. Corollary 1, Step 1 (p. 28): (A1)–(A4) and λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0 give (P-Compactness).
  6. Corollary 1, Step 2 (pp. 28–29): (A1), (A2), (A4) and I<∞I<\inftyI<∞ give (P-USC):
lim sup⁡n∫f(y) dπn≤∫f(y) dπ∗.\limsup_n\int f(y)\,d\pi_n\le\int f(y)\,d\pi^*.nlimsup​∫f(y)dπn​≤∫f(y)dπ∗.

Significance

The result. An attained worst case turns duality into a structural statement. By Theorem 1(b) of the paper, an optimizer moves mass from xxx only to maximizers of f(y)−λ∗c(x,y)f(y)-\lambda^*c(x,y)f(y)−λ∗c(x,y) and, when λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0, uses the full budget. When those maximizers are unique (Remark 8: ccc convex in yyy, fff concave) the worst-case model is unique and is the image of μ\muμ under a transport map. That map is what stress tests and robust estimators are built from. Without existence, these statements describe an object that may not be there.

Formalizing it. The paper's proofs are complete; nothing here is open. No machine-checked version of this result is known: the worst-case optimal transport literature, including the strong duality of this paper, is unformalized. The mission produces the transport objects of §2 in a form that keeps the paper's generality (Polish space, lower semicontinuous real cost, universally measurable dual variables, the ∞−∞\infty-\infty∞−∞ convention), a tightness argument for nearly optimal one-marginal plans, and an upper semicontinuity argument for unbounded upper semicontinuous integrands under uniform integrability.

Difficulty

The obvious argument takes a maximizing sequence and extracts a weak limit. Both steps fail without more structure. First, Φμ,δ\Phi_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ​ is not tight: only the first marginal is fixed, and a sequence may push mass to infinity at bounded cost. That is exactly what happens in Example 2 (p. 26), where λ∗=0\lambda^*=0λ∗=0 and the value 111 is approached but never reached. Tightness has to come from the dual: nearly optimal plans concentrate near maximizers of f(y)−λ∗c(x,y)f(y)-\lambda^*c(x,y)f(y)−λ∗c(x,y), and (A3)–(A4) with λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0 confine those maximizers. Second, fff is only upper semicontinuous and unbounded, so weak convergence alone does not give lim sup⁡∫f dπn≤∫f dπ∗\limsup\int f\,d\pi_n\le\int f\,d\pi^*limsup∫fdπn​≤∫fdπ∗. A uniform integrability bound is needed, and it uses the restriction to Φμ,δ′\Phi'_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ′​ in an essential way. A third, Lean-specific difficulty is measure-theoretic: φλ∗\varphi_{\lambda^*}φλ∗​ is only universally measurable, and the gaps of Remark 4 are integrals against completions.

Formalization scope

All declarations sit in the namespace ModelRiskOT.PrimalOpt. Values of I(π)I(\pi)I(π), III, J(λ,φ)J(\lambda,\varphi)J(λ,φ), JJJ and φλ\varphi_\lambdaφλ​ are in EReal. I(π)I(\pi)I(π) is ∫f+(y) dπ−∫f−(y) dπ\int f^+(y)\,d\pi-\int f^-(y)\,d\pi∫f+(y)dπ−∫f−(y)dπ with lower integrals, and Mathlib's ⊤−⊤=⊥\top-\top=\bot⊤−⊤=⊥ realises the paper's reading of the supremum (footnote 2, p. 5). Integrals of nonnegative or extended-real functions are lower integrals (lintegral), never Bochner integrals. Universal measurability is the published BertsekasShreve.AnalyticSelection.IsUniversallyMeasurable. Weak convergence is the topology of ProbabilityMeasure (S × S). Measures on S×SS\times SS×S use the product σ\sigmaσ-algebra.

The following readings are fixed:

  • The standing assumption of §5 ((λ∗,φλ∗)∈Λc,f(\lambda^*,\varphi_{\lambda^*})\in\Lambda_{c,f}(λ∗,φλ∗​)∈Λc,f​, I=JI=JI=J, J=J(λ∗,φλ∗)J=J(\lambda^*,\varphi_{\lambda^*})J=J(λ∗,φλ∗​), finiteness) consists of hypotheses of Proposition 9 and Corollary 1. I=JI=JI=J is Theorem 1(a), the goal of the companion mission on strong duality, and is not assumed proved here.
  • In (P-Compactness) the constant γ\gammaγ may depend on ε\varepsilonε.
  • "Increasing" in (A4) is strict.
  • Remark 4's second conclusion in (11) is also stated as λ∗(δ−∫c dπ)≤ε\lambda^*(\delta-\int c\,d\pi)\le\varepsilonλ∗(δ−∫cdπ)≤ε, which covers λ∗=0\lambda^*=0λ∗=0.
  • Lemma 17's last inequality is stated for every plan, which is equivalent under the EReal convention.
  • Corollary 1's space is a real normed space with LocallyCompactSpace. It also carries PolishSpace, which is redundant, since a locally compact real normed space is finite-dimensional.

The goal cannot be satisfied by a junk value: III and JJJ are EReal suprema and infima, not real sSup, and the hypothesis λ∗>0\lambda^*>0λ∗>0 is kept because Example 2 shows the conclusion fails without it. A sorry-free check that c(x,y)=(x−y)2c(x,y)=(x-y)^2c(x,y)=(x−y)2, f(y)=yf(y)=yf(y)=y on R\mathbb RR satisfy (A1), (A3) and (A4) accompanies the drafts.

A complete development needs Prokhorov's theorem (in Mathlib), a Fatou lemma for weakly converging measures with a lower semicontinuous integrand, an upper semicontinuity theorem for uniformly integrable upper semicontinuous integrands, and the change of variables ∫φ(x) dπ=∫φ dμ\int\varphi(x)\,d\pi=\int\varphi\,d\mu∫φ(x)dπ=∫φdμ for universally measurable φ\varphiφ. The last three are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and these general lemmas as separate contributions, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Blanchet and K. Murthy, Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport, Math. Oper. Res. 44(2):565–600, 2019. arXiv:1604.01446v2, doi:10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • R. Gao and A. Kleywegt, Distributionally Robust Stochastic Optimization with Wasserstein Distance, 2016. arXiv:1604.02199
  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani and D. Kuhn, Data-driven distributionally robust optimization using the Wasserstein metric, Math. Program. 171:115–166, 2018. arXiv:1505.05116
  • A. M. Zapała, Unbounded mappings and weak convergence of measures, Statist. Probab. Lett. 78(6):698–706, 2008. doi:10.1016/j.spl.2007.09.033
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport 2: The Worst-Case Probability of a Closed Set A Equals the Baseline Probability of Its Inflation {x : c(x, A) ≤ 1/λ*}Research Paper

Motivation

A probability model μ\muμ for a risk quantity, such as the reserve process of an insurer or the path of a queue, is usually chosen for tractability or fitted to limited data, and the true law of the system is unknown. Distributional model risk asks how large a probability of interest could be if the true law were any model "close" to μ\muμ. When closeness is measured by an optimal transport cost rather than a likelihood ratio, the competing models may put mass where μ\muμ puts none, which is the situation for rare events such as ruin or buffer overflow: the event of interest often lies outside the support of the baseline.

Blanchet and Murthy (arXiv:1604.01446, Mathematics of Operations Research 44(2), 2019) prove strong duality for worst-case expectations over an optimal-transport ball on a general Polish space, with a lower semicontinuous cost. Their §2.4 specializes the duality to worst-case probabilities of a closed set and obtains a closed-form answer: the worst-case probability of AAA is the baseline probability of an inflated version of AAA. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3 of the paper, together with the numbered statements its proof uses.

Setting

Let SSS be a Polish space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra, P(S)P(S)P(S) its probability measures, and μ∈P(S)\mu \in P(S)μ∈P(S) the baseline. A cost c:S×S→R+c : S \times S \to \mathbb R_+c:S×S→R+​ satisfies Assumption (A1): it is nonnegative, lower semicontinuous, and c(x,y)=0c(x,y) = 0c(x,y)=0 if and only if x=yx = yx=y.

For μ1,μ2∈P(S)\mu_1, \mu_2 \in P(S)μ1​,μ2​∈P(S), a coupling of μ1\mu_1μ1​ and μ2\mu_2μ2​ is a probability measure π\piπ on S×SS \times SS×S with marginals μ1\mu_1μ1​ and μ2\mu_2μ2​; Π(μ1,μ2)\Pi(\mu_1,\mu_2)Π(μ1​,μ2​) is the set of couplings, and the optimal transport cost is

dc(μ1,μ2)=inf⁡{∫c dπ:π∈Π(μ1,μ2)}.d_c(\mu_1,\mu_2) = \inf\Big\{\int c\,d\pi : \pi \in \Pi(\mu_1,\mu_2)\Big\}.dc​(μ1​,μ2​)=inf{∫cdπ:π∈Π(μ1​,μ2​)}.

For a budget δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, the primal feasible set Φμ,δ\Phi_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ​ consists of the probability measures π\piπ on S×SS \times SS×S with first marginal μ\muμ and ∫c dπ≤δ\int c\,d\pi \le \delta∫cdπ≤δ.

Fix a nonempty closed set A⊆SA \subseteq SA⊆S and let c(x,A)=inf⁡{c(x,y):y∈A}c(x,A) = \inf\{c(x,y) : y \in A\}c(x,A)=inf{c(x,y):y∈A} be the cheapest cost of moving unit mass from xxx into AAA. The worst-case probability is

I=sup⁡{P(A):dc(μ,P)≤δ}.(12)I = \sup\{P(A) : d_c(\mu,P) \le \delta\}. \tag{12}I=sup{P(A):dc​(μ,P)≤δ}.(12)

Its dual is the univariate problem

inf⁡λ≥0{λδ+Eμ[(1−λc(X,A))+]},(13)\inf_{\lambda \ge 0}\Big\{\lambda\delta + E_\mu\big[(1 - \lambda c(X,A))^+\big]\Big\}, \tag{13}λ≥0inf​{λδ+Eμ​[(1−λc(X,A))+]},(13)

and for a minimizer λ∗∈[0,∞)\lambda^* \in [0,\infty)λ∗∈[0,∞) of (13) the paper defines

c‾=∫{c(x,A)<1/λ∗}c(x,A) dμ(x),c‾=∫{c(x,A)≤1/λ∗}c(x,A) dμ(x).(14)\underline c = \int_{\{c(x,A) < 1/\lambda^*\}} c(x,A)\,d\mu(x), \qquad \overline c = \int_{\{c(x,A) \le 1/\lambda^*\}} c(x,A)\,d\mu(x). \tag{14}c​=∫{c(x,A)<1/λ∗}​c(x,A)dμ(x),c=∫{c(x,A)≤1/λ∗}​c(x,A)dμ(x).(14)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 10)

If λ∗∈[0,∞)\lambda^* \in [0,\infty)λ∗∈[0,∞) attains the infimum in (13) and c‾=c‾\underline c = \overline cc​=c, then

sup⁡{P(A):dc(μ,P)≤δ}=μ{x:c(x,A)≤1/λ∗}.(15)\sup\{P(A) : d_c(\mu,P) \le \delta\} = \mu\{x : c(x,A) \le 1/\lambda^*\}. \tag{15}sup{P(A):dc​(μ,P)≤δ}=μ{x:c(x,A)≤1/λ∗}.(15)

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Coupling form (§2.2, p. 5, for f=1Af = 1_Af=1A​): I=sup⁡{π(S×A):π∈Φμ,δ}I = \sup\{\pi(S \times A) : \pi \in \Phi_{\mu,\delta}\}I=sup{π(S×A):π∈Φμ,δ​}.
  2. Indicator supremum (pp. 8–9): sup⁡y{1A(y)−λc(x,y)}=(1−λc(x,A))+\sup_{y}\{1_A(y) - \lambda c(x,y)\} = (1 - \lambda c(x,A))^+supy​{1A​(y)−λc(x,y)}=(1−λc(x,A))+ for λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0.
  3. (13) (p. 9): III equals the infimum in (13).
  4. Remark 4, (11) for f=1Af = 1_Af=1A​ (p. 8): an ε\varepsilonε-optimal plan πε\pi_\varepsilonπε​ satisfies ∫(φλ∗(x)−(1A(y)−λ∗c(x,y))) dπε≤ε\int(\varphi_{\lambda^*}(x) - (1_A(y) - \lambda^* c(x,y)))\,d\pi_\varepsilon \le \varepsilon∫(φλ∗​(x)−(1A​(y)−λ∗c(x,y)))dπε​≤ε and, for λ∗>0\lambda^* > 0λ∗>0, (δ−ε/λ∗)+≤∫c dπε≤δ(\delta - \varepsilon/\lambda^*)^+ \le \int c\,d\pi_\varepsilon \le \delta(δ−ε/λ∗)+≤∫cdπε​≤δ.
  5. Lemma 4 (p. 11): plans πn∈Φμ,δ\pi_n \in \Phi_{\mu,\delta}πn​∈Φμ,δ​, n>1n > 1n>1, with πn(Cn)≥1−1/n\pi_n(C_n) \ge 1 - 1/nπn​(Cn​)≥1−1/n, no cost outside the set CnC_nCn​ of §2.4.1, and πn(S×A)≥I−2/n\pi_n(S \times A) \ge I - 2/nπn​(S×A)≥I−2/n.
  6. Lemma 2 (p. 10): c‾≤δ≤c‾\underline c \le \delta \le \overline cc​≤δ≤c if λ∗>0\lambda^* > 0λ∗>0 attains (13); δ≥c‾=c‾\delta \ge \overline c = \underline cδ≥c=c​ if λ∗=0\lambda^* = 0λ∗=0 does.

Significance

Theorem 3 converts a supremum over an infinite-dimensional ball of probability measures into a single probability under the baseline: μ\muμ of the set of points that can reach AAA at cost at most 1/λ∗1/\lambda^*1/λ∗, where 1/λ∗1/\lambda^*1/λ∗ is determined by δ\deltaδ through the one-dimensional function u↦∫{c(x,A)≤u}c(x,A) dμu \mapsto \int_{\{c(x,A) \le u\}} c(x,A)\,d\muu↦∫{c(x,A)≤u}​c(x,A)dμ. For the cost c=dc = dc=d of a metric this is the baseline probability of the 1/λ∗1/\lambda^*1/λ∗-neighbourhood of AAA. The paper uses it to compute worst-case ruin probabilities for the Cramér–Lundberg model around a Brownian approximation (§3, §6.1), where SSS is a path space; the result applies there because nothing in it uses local compactness of SSS.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as the platform's corpus shows, neither it nor the strong duality behind it has been formalized. A formal development produces, beyond Theorem 3: a reusable definition of optimal transport costs with lower semicontinuous costs on Polish spaces; the coupling reformulation of the transport ball, which rests on the existence of optimal transport plans (Villani, Optimal Transport, Theorem 4.1), not in Mathlib; and an ε\varepsilonε-optimal-plan argument that avoids assuming a primal optimizer exists.

Difficulty

The heuristic derivation on pp. 9–10 constructs an optimal transport plan that moves each xxx with c(x,A)≤1/λ∗c(x,A) \le 1/\lambda^*c(x,A)≤1/λ∗ to a nearest point of AAA and leaves the others in place. It needs a nearest point to exist and to be selectable measurably, which fails for general closed AAA in a non-locally-compact space, and it needs a primal optimizer, which need not exist. Theorem 3 assumes neither, so the construction is not a proof. A second point is the boundary level c(x,A)=1/λ∗c(x,A) = 1/\lambda^*c(x,A)=1/λ∗: when μ\muμ charges it, as for atomic baselines, the identity (15) can fail (for μ\muμ a point mass at distance 111 from AAA and δ<1\delta < 1δ<1, the worst case is δ\deltaδ, not 111), and the hypothesis c‾=c‾\underline c = \overline cc​=c is exactly what excludes this. Measurability is a second obstacle: x↦c(x,A)x \mapsto c(x,A)x↦c(x,A) is an infimum of a lower semicontinuous function over AAA and in general only universally measurable, so integrals of it are taken against the completion of μ\muμ.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace ModelRiskOT.WorstProb. SSS carries [TopologicalSpace S] [PolishSpace S] [MeasurableSpace S] [BorelSpace S]; μ\muμ is a Measure S with IsProbabilityMeasure; the cost is a real-valued c : S → S → ℝ with (A1) bundled as a structure (nonnegativity, lower semicontinuity on S×SS \times SS×S, and c(x,y)=0  ⟺  x=yc(x,y) = 0 \iff x = yc(x,y)=0⟺x=y). Committed conventions:

  • Values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. dcd_cdc​, III, the objective of (13), c‾\underline cc​ and c‾\overline cc are ℝ≥0∞; integrals are lower Lebesgue integrals and the positive part (⋅)+(\cdot)^+(⋅)+ is ENNReal.ofReal. For the universally measurable functions and sets that occur, lower integrals and outer measures agree with the completion of μ\muμ, which is the paper's reading (p. 4). No Bochner integral is used.
  • The threshold 1/λ∗1/\lambda^*1/λ∗ is written in multiplied form: c(x,A)≤1/λ∗c(x,A) \le 1/\lambda^*c(x,A)≤1/λ∗ is λ∗c(x,A)≤1\lambda^* c(x,A) \le 1λ∗c(x,A)≤1, and likewise for the strict inequality and for the sets CnC_nCn​. For λ∗>0\lambda^* > 0λ∗>0 this is the printed condition; at λ∗=0\lambda^* = 0λ∗=0 it is the whole space, the paper's convention 1/0=∞1/0 = \infty1/0=∞.
  • dcd_cdc​ fixes both marginals; Φμ,δ\Phi_{\mu,\delta}Φμ,δ​ fixes only the first.
  • c(x,A)c(x,A)c(x,A) is a real infimum over the subtype AAA; every statement assumes AAA nonempty.
  • "λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ attains the infimum in (13)" is λ∗≥0\lambda^* \ge 0λ∗≥0 and g(λ∗)≤g(λ)g(\lambda^*) \le g(\lambda)g(λ∗)≤g(λ) for all λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0.
  • Inequalities X≥I−tX \ge I - tX≥I−t are written I≤X+tI \le X + tI≤X+t in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; sequences "n>1n > 1n>1" are indexed by n∈Nn \in \mathbb Nn∈N with 1<n1 < n1<n.

A formalization in which the transport ball fixes only the first marginal would contain every probability measure and give I=1I = 1I=1 for every nonempty AAA; the definitions here fix both marginals of the couplings in dcd_cdc​, and the hypothesis c‾=c‾\underline c = \overline cc​=c is kept as stated rather than replaced by continuity of u↦∫{c(x,A)≤u}c(x,A) dμu \mapsto \int_{\{c(x,A) \le u\}} c(x,A)\,d\muu↦∫{c(x,A)≤u}​c(x,A)dμ.

A complete development needs the existence of optimal couplings for lower semicontinuous costs (tightness and Prokhorov's theorem, available in Mathlib), the strong duality of the paper's Theorem 1 specialized to indicators (milestone 3; a separate mission in this series formalizes Theorem 1 in general), and universal measurability of c(⋅,A)c(\cdot,A)c(⋅,A) through projections of Borel sets. The transport-cost definitions and the coupling reformulation are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs that derive (13) from the general strong duality once that is published.

Selected references

  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport, arXiv:1604.01446v2, 2017; Mathematics of Operations Research 44(2):565–600, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.01446, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften 338, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
  • R. Gao, A. Kleywegt, Distributionally Robust Stochastic Optimization with Wasserstein Distance, arXiv:1604.02199, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.02199
  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Data-driven distributionally robust optimization using the Wasserstein metric, Mathematical Programming 171:115–166, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1172-1
  • D. P. Bertsekas, S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978 (universal measurability, Ch. 7).
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Scheduling Deteriorating Jobs on a Single Processor I: Under Linear Deterioration, Sequencing by Increasing E(X_i)/α_i Minimizes the Expected MakespanResearch Paper

Motivation

In classical single-machine stochastic scheduling, NNN jobs with independent random processing requirements XiX_iXi​ are processed one after another, and the makespan (the completion time of the last job) is the same for every schedule that never idles: it is X1+⋯+XNX_1+\dots+X_NX1​+⋯+XN​. Research therefore concentrated on weighted flow times and rewards. Browne and Yechiali (Operations Research 38(3), 1990, 495–498) studied jobs that deteriorate while they wait: the longer a job is delayed, the more processing it needs. Such models arose in the control of queueing and communication systems (Browne 1988; Browne and Yechiali 1989) and in inventory issuing, where stored items lose quality at item-specific rates. Under deterioration the actual processing times depend on the order, so the makespan, and its expectation, become functions of the schedule, and the basic question is which order minimizes the expected makespan.

Setting

There are NNN jobs, all available at time 000, and a single processor. Job iii has an initial processing requirement XiX_iXi​, a random variable on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P): the time needed to complete job iii if it is processed first. Under linear deterioration, a job whose processing is delayed until time ttt needs

Yi(t)=Xi+αit,Y_i(t) = X_i + \alpha_i t,Yi​(t)=Xi​+αi​t,

where αi>0\alpha_i>0αi​>0 is its deterministic growth rate. A job stops deteriorating once it is put on the processor.

Only nonpreemptive strategies without idling are allowed, so a policy is a permutation π\piπ of {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N}, with π(i)=j\pi(i)=jπ(i)=j meaning that job jjj is the iii-th processed. The completion times follow the model: S0(π)=0S_0(\pi)=0S0​(π)=0, and the job in position kkk starts at Sk−1(π)S_{k-1}(\pi)Sk−1​(π) and takes Yπ(k)(Sk−1(π))Y_{\pi(k)}(S_{k-1}(\pi))Yπ(k)​(Sk−1​(π)), so

Sk(π)=Sk−1(π)+Xπ(k)+απ(k)Sk−1(π),k=1,…,N.S_k(\pi) = S_{k-1}(\pi) + X_{\pi(k)} + \alpha_{\pi(k)} S_{k-1}(\pi), \qquad k = 1,\dots,N.Sk​(π)=Sk−1​(π)+Xπ(k)​+απ(k)​Sk−1​(π),k=1,…,N.

The makespan is SN(π)S_N(\pi)SN​(π) and the expected makespan is E SN(π)\mathrm E\,S_N(\pi)ESN​(π). In Lean these are completionTime X α π k ω, makespan X α π ω and expectedMakespan P X α π in the namespace DeterioratingJobs.Makespan.

The paper's Lemma 1 concerns, for real numbers μi\mu_iμi​ and γi\gamma_iγi​, the sum (1)

Fμ,γ(π)=∑i=1Nμπ(i)∏r=i+1Nγπ(r),F_{\mu,\gamma}(\pi) = \sum_{i=1}^{N} \mu_{\pi(i)} \prod_{r=i+1}^{N} \gamma_{\pi(r)},Fμ,γ​(π)=i=1∑N​μπ(i)​r=i+1∏N​γπ(r)​,

the Lean lemma1Sum μ γ π (empty product =1=1=1).

Formalization targets

Goal: the expected-makespan index rule (§1, p. 496)

If the XiX_iXi​ are integrable, αi>0\alpha_i>0αi​>0, and π\piπ schedules the jobs by increasing values of E(Xi)/αi\mathrm E(X_i)/\alpha_iE(Xi​)/αi​, then

E SN(π)≤E SN(σ)for every permutation σ.\mathrm E\,S_N(\pi) \le \mathrm E\,S_N(\sigma) \qquad\text{for every permutation } \sigma .ESN​(π)≤ESN​(σ)for every permutation σ.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 495). If γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 for all iii, the sum (1) is minimized over all permutations by any permutation ordered by increasing μi/[γi−1]\mu_i/[\gamma_i-1]μi​/[γi​−1], and maximized by any permutation ordered by decreasing values.
  2. Eq. (2) (p. 496). For every π\piπ and j≤Nj\le Nj≤N,
Sj(π)=∑i=1jXπ(i)∏r=i+1j(1+απ(r)).S_j(\pi) = \sum_{i=1}^{j} X_{\pi(i)} \prod_{r=i+1}^{j} \bigl(1+\alpha_{\pi(r)}\bigr).Sj​(π)=i=1∑j​Xπ(i)​r=i+1∏j​(1+απ(r)​).
  1. The expected makespan in the form (1) (p. 496, after (2)).
E SN(π)=∑i=1NE(Xπ(i))∏r=i+1N(1+απ(r))=FEX, 1+α(π).\mathrm E\,S_N(\pi) = \sum_{i=1}^{N} \mathrm E(X_{\pi(i)}) \prod_{r=i+1}^{N}\bigl(1+\alpha_{\pi(r)}\bigr) = F_{\mathrm E X,\,1+\alpha}(\pi).ESN​(π)=i=1∑N​E(Xπ(i)​)r=i+1∏N​(1+απ(r)​)=FEX,1+α​(π).

Significance

The result is an index rule: each job receives a number computed from its own data, E(Xi)/αi\mathrm E(X_i)/\alpha_iE(Xi​)/αi​, and sorting by that number is optimal. It needs only the means of the initial requirements, not their distributions, and it holds without independence. The same reduction to Lemma 1 gives the paper's other index rules: the variance of the makespan under independent requirements, the Poisson-shock model (5), Lévy-type growth (6) and setup/detach times (7). In inventory issuing, it says which stored item to issue first when items lose value at item-specific linear rates. Lemma 1 itself, which the paper attributes to Rau (1971) and relates to optimal search, is a general statement about ordering products of factors along a sequence.

The result is proved in the paper by an appeal to Lemma 1, whose proof is given there as one sentence ("direct upon an interchange argument"). None of these statements has a machine-checked proof on Prove2Me or in Mathlib. This mission produces a formal model of linear deterioration on a single machine, a formal proof of the interchange lemma with ties handled, and the formal index rule.

Difficulty

The algebra of one adjacent interchange is short. The work is in passing from that local comparison to optimality over all N!N!N! permutations, with ties allowed: the paper speaks of "the permutation ordered by increasing values", but with equal indices several permutations qualify, and each of them must be shown optimal. The natural route, "an optimal permutation exists and must be sorted", needs care, because a sorted permutation is not unique and the swap that improves an unsorted permutation may only weakly improve it. On the probabilistic side, the expectation of the makespan must be reduced to the expectations of the XiX_iXi​; the makespan is a polynomial in the XiX_iXi​ with deterministic coefficients, so this is linearity of the integral, but integrability has to be carried through the recursion.

Formalization scope

  • Jobs are Fin N (0-based: Lean job i is the paper's job i+1i+1i+1); a policy is π : Equiv.Perm (Fin N) with π k the job in position k, as in the paper's π(i)=j\pi(i)=jπ(i)=j. N=0N=0N=0 is allowed.
  • The probability space is (Ω, P) with [IsProbabilityMeasure P]; XiX_iXi​ is Ω → ℝ; expectations are Bochner integrals, and every theorem about them assumes each XiX_iXi​ integrable. The growth rates are deterministic reals.
  • Completion times are defined by the model recursion Sk=Sk−1+Yπ(k)(Sk−1)S_{k}=S_{k-1}+Y_{\pi(k)}(S_{k-1})Sk​=Sk−1​+Yπ(k)​(Sk−1​), never by the closed form (2), so that (2) is a theorem about the model.
  • Explicit readings of loose phrases: "the permutation ordered by increasing values of viv_ivi​" means any permutation with k↦vπ(k)k\mapsto v_{\pi(k)}k↦vπ(k)​ non-strictly increasing (Monotone), and "decreasing" means Antitone; "is minimized" means ≤\le≤ against every permutation; "expected" means the integral of an integrable random variable.
  • Added hypotheses: αi>0\alpha_i>0αi​>0 in the goal (the paper divides by αi\alpha_iαi​ without stating it) and γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 in Lemma 1 (the paper applies it only with γi=1+αi\gamma_i = 1+\alpha_iγi​=1+αi​ or (1+αi)2(1+\alpha_i)^2(1+αi​)2; for γi<1\gamma_i<1γi​<1 the ordering reverses).
  • Omitted assumptions: positivity of the XiX_iXi​ and their independence. The goal holds without them, so the formal statement is slightly more general than the paper's.
  • Trivializing formalizations are excluded: defining SSS by formula (2) would make milestone 2 a definition unfolding; a strictly increasing ordering would make the goal vacuous whenever two indices tie; ordering π−1\pi^{-1}π−1 instead of π\piπ states a different theorem; dropping integrability makes all expectations 000; allowing αi=0\alpha_i=0αi​=0 makes E(Xi)/αi=0\mathrm E(X_i)/\alpha_i=0E(Xi​)/αi​=0 a meaningless index.
  • Not formalized here: the variance result (3), the Poisson model (5), the Lévy model (6), Proposition 1, setup times (7), exponential growth (9), and the NP-hardness conjecture. Proposition 2 (weighted expected completion time) is the companion mission Scheduling Deteriorating Jobs on a Single Processor II.
  • Related platform items, none of which states these results: PalmQueueing.Ordering.interchange_permutations (interchange permutations of a GI/GI/1 queue) and the additive, non-deteriorating completion-time models MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime and NumStochOpt.ListScheduling.Makespan.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a reusable "sorted permutation minimizes a sum of products" lemma, and the variance index (3) as an extension.

Selected references

  • S. Browne, U. Yechiali, Scheduling Deteriorating Jobs on a Single Processor, Operations Research 38(3), 1990, 495–498. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.38.3.495
  • J. G. Rau, Minimizing a Function of Permutations of n Integers, Operations Research 19(1), 1971, 237–240. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.19.1.237
  • F. P. Kelly, A Remark on Search and Sequencing Problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 7(1), 1982, 154–157. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.7.1.154
  • R. W. Conway, W. L. Maxwell, L. W. Miller, Theory of Scheduling, Addison-Wesley, 1967.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers I: Under a Lagrangian Saddle Point, ADMM Residuals Vanish and Objective Values ConvergeTextbook

Why ADMM convergence matters

The alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) is one of the most widely used algorithms for large-scale convex optimization in statistics, machine learning and signal processing. Its appeal is decomposition: a problem whose objective splits into two parts, coupled only by a linear constraint, is solved by alternately minimizing over each part and updating a dual variable. Each subproblem is often a proximity operator, a projection or a small linear system, so ADMM turns problems such as the lasso, sparse inverse covariance selection and consensus fitting across many machines into sequences of simple steps. The survey of Boyd, Parikh, Chu, Peleato and Eckstein (DOI 10.1561/2200000016) made the method standard, and every algorithm in its later chapters is justified by one convergence result, stated in §3.2.1 and proved in Appendix A. This mission formalizes that result and the inequalities behind it.

The method goes back to Gabay and Mercier (1976). Eckstein and Bertsekas (1992) proved convergence through the theory of maximal monotone operators, by identifying ADMM with Douglas–Rachford splitting applied to the dual problem. The proof in Appendix A of the survey is different: it is a direct Lyapunov argument in finite dimensions that uses only convexity and elementary algebra.

Setting

Let f:Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rn→R∪{+∞} and g:Rm→R∪{+∞}g:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}g:Rm→R∪{+∞}, let A∈Rp×nA\in\mathbb R^{p\times n}A∈Rp×n, B∈Rp×mB\in\mathbb R^{p\times m}B∈Rp×m and c∈Rpc\in\mathbb R^pc∈Rp. The problem is

minimize f(x)+g(z)subject to Ax+Bz=c,(3.1)\text{minimize } f(x)+g(z)\quad\text{subject to } Ax+Bz=c, \tag{3.1}minimize f(x)+g(z)subject to Ax+Bz=c,(3.1)

with optimal value p⋆=inf⁡{f(x)+g(z)∣Ax+Bz=c}p^\star=\inf\{f(x)+g(z)\mid Ax+Bz=c\}p⋆=inf{f(x)+g(z)∣Ax+Bz=c}. The augmented Lagrangian with parameter ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0 is

Lρ(x,z,y)=f(x)+g(z)+yT(Ax+Bz−c)+ρ2∥Ax+Bz−c∥22,L_\rho(x,z,y)=f(x)+g(z)+y^T(Ax+Bz-c)+\tfrac{\rho}{2}\|Ax+Bz-c\|_2^2,Lρ​(x,z,y)=f(x)+g(z)+yT(Ax+Bz−c)+2ρ​∥Ax+Bz−c∥22​,

and L0L_0L0​ is the ordinary Lagrangian. For ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, ADMM generates iterates by

xk+1∈argmin⁡xLρ(x,zk,yk),zk+1∈argmin⁡zLρ(xk+1,z,yk),yk+1=yk+ρ(Axk+1+Bzk+1−c).x^{k+1}\in\operatorname*{argmin}_x L_\rho(x,z^k,y^k),\quad z^{k+1}\in\operatorname*{argmin}_z L_\rho(x^{k+1},z,y^k),\quad y^{k+1}=y^k+\rho(Ax^{k+1}+Bz^{k+1}-c).xk+1∈xargmin​Lρ​(x,zk,yk),zk+1∈zargmin​Lρ​(xk+1,z,yk),yk+1=yk+ρ(Axk+1+Bzk+1−c).

The state is (zk,yk)(z^k,y^k)(zk,yk); x0x^0x0 plays no role. The primal residual is rk=Axk+Bzk−cr^k=Ax^k+Bz^k-crk=Axk+Bzk−c, the dual residual is sk=ρATB(zk−zk−1)s^k=\rho A^TB(z^k-z^{k-1})sk=ρATB(zk−zk−1), and pk=f(xk)+g(zk)p^k=f(x^k)+g(z^k)pk=f(xk)+g(zk).

Two assumptions are made. Assumption 1: fff and ggg are closed, proper and convex. Assumption 2: L0L_0L0​ has a saddle point (x⋆,z⋆,y⋆)(x^\star,z^\star,y^\star)(x⋆,z⋆,y⋆), i.e. L0(x⋆,z⋆,y)≤L0(x⋆,z⋆,y⋆)≤L0(x,z,y⋆)L_0(x^\star,z^\star,y)\le L_0(x^\star,z^\star,y^\star)\le L_0(x,z,y^\star)L0​(x⋆,z⋆,y)≤L0​(x⋆,z⋆,y⋆)≤L0​(x,z,y⋆) for all x,z,yx,z,yx,z,y. Nothing is assumed about the ranks of AAA and BBB. The convergence proof uses the Lyapunov function

Vk=1ρ∥yk−y⋆∥22+ρ∥B(zk−z⋆)∥22.V^k=\tfrac1\rho\|y^k-y^\star\|_2^2+\rho\|B(z^k-z^\star)\|_2^2 .Vk=ρ1​∥yk−y⋆∥22​+ρ∥B(zk−z⋆)∥22​.

Formalization targets

Goal: residual and objective convergence (§3.2.1, p. 17; Appendix A, p. 106)

Under Assumptions 1 and 2 and for ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, every ADMM run satisfies

rk→0,f(xk)+g(zk)→p⋆,sk→0(k→∞).r^k\to0,\qquad f(x^k)+g(z^k)\to p^\star,\qquad s^k\to0\qquad(k\to\infty).rk→0,f(xk)+g(zk)→p⋆,sk→0(k→∞).

The statement fixes no rate and no constant. It does not claim convergence of xkx^kxk or zkz^kzk, which fails in general (p. 17).

Milestones

In the order of Appendix A:

  1. (3.10) holds along the iteration: 0∈∂g(zk+1)+BTyk+10\in\partial g(z^{k+1})+B^Ty^{k+1}0∈∂g(zk+1)+BTyk+1 (§3.3, p. 18);
  2. the dual residual inclusion ρATB(zk+1−zk)∈∂f(xk+1)+ATyk+1\rho A^TB(z^{k+1}-z^k)\in\partial f(x^{k+1})+A^Ty^{k+1}ρATB(zk+1−zk)∈∂f(xk+1)+ATyk+1 (§3.3, p. 18);
  3. (A.3) p⋆−pk+1≤y⋆Trk+1p^\star-p^{k+1}\le y^{\star T}r^{k+1}p⋆−pk+1≤y⋆Trk+1;
  4. (A.2) pk+1−p⋆≤−(yk+1)Trk+1−ρ(B(zk+1−zk))T(−rk+1+B(zk+1−z⋆))p^{k+1}-p^\star\le-(y^{k+1})^Tr^{k+1}-\rho(B(z^{k+1}-z^k))^T(-r^{k+1}+B(z^{k+1}-z^\star))pk+1−p⋆≤−(yk+1)Trk+1−ρ(B(zk+1−zk))T(−rk+1+B(zk+1−z⋆));
  5. (3.11) pk−p⋆≤−(yk)Trk+(xk−x⋆)Tskp^k-p^\star\le-(y^k)^Tr^k+(x^k-x^\star)^Ts^kpk−p⋆≤−(yk)Trk+(xk−x⋆)Tsk;
  6. the monotonicity step (yk+1−yk)T(B(zk+1−zk))≤0(y^{k+1}-y^k)^T(B(z^{k+1}-z^k))\le0(yk+1−yk)T(B(zk+1−zk))≤0 for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 (p. 110);
  7. (A.6) Vk−Vk+1≥ρ∥rk+1−B(zk+1−zk)∥22V^k-V^{k+1}\ge\rho\|r^{k+1}-B(z^{k+1}-z^k)\|_2^2Vk−Vk+1≥ρ∥rk+1−B(zk+1−zk)∥22​;
  8. (A.1) Vk+1≤Vk−ρ∥rk+1∥22−ρ∥B(zk+1−zk)∥22V^{k+1}\le V^k-\rho\|r^{k+1}\|_2^2-\rho\|B(z^{k+1}-z^k)\|_2^2Vk+1≤Vk−ρ∥rk+1∥22​−ρ∥B(zk+1−zk)∥22​ for k≥1k\ge1k≥1;
  9. the summed bound ρ∑k≥1(∥rk+1∥22+∥B(zk+1−zk)∥22)≤V1\rho\sum_{k\ge1}(\|r^{k+1}\|_2^2+\|B(z^{k+1}-z^k)\|_2^2)\le V^1ρ∑k≥1​(∥rk+1∥22​+∥B(zk+1−zk)∥22​)≤V1, with rk→0r^k\to0rk→0 and B(zk+1−zk)→0B(z^{k+1}-z^k)\to0B(zk+1−zk)→0;
  10. the stopping-rule bound pk−p⋆≤−(yk)Trk+d∥sk∥2≤∥yk∥2∥rk∥2+d∥sk∥2p^k-p^\star\le-(y^k)^Tr^k+d\|s^k\|_2\le\|y^k\|_2\|r^k\|_2+d\|s^k\|_2pk−p⋆≤−(yk)Trk+d∥sk∥2​≤∥yk∥2​∥rk∥2​+d∥sk∥2​ when ∥xk−x⋆∥2≤d\|x^k-x^\star\|_2\le d∥xk−x⋆∥2​≤d (§3.3.1, p. 19).

Significance

The theorem is what licenses every specialized ADMM of the survey (lasso, basis pursuit, covariance selection, consensus and sharing, distributed model fitting): each of these chapters only computes the subproblem solutions, and correctness of the overall method is inherited from §3.2.1. Inequality (3.11) and its corollary in §3.3.1 justify the primal/dual residual stopping criterion (3.12) used in practice: small residuals certify small suboptimality.

The result itself is classical and proved; it is not open. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of convex two-block ADMM convergence exists in Lean's Mathlib. Formalizing it produces a reusable development of the augmented Lagrangian method with explicit domain handling for extended-valued convex functions, and checks a proof whose index bookkeeping the printed text leaves loose (the monotonicity step and (A.1) need k≥1k\ge1k≥1, see below).

Difficulty

The obvious argument, "the subproblem optimality conditions plus the saddle point give a decreasing quantity", works only once the right Lyapunov function is found and the cross term −2ρ r(k+1)TB(zk+1−zk)-2\rho\, r^{(k+1)T}B(z^{k+1}-z^k)−2ρr(k+1)TB(zk+1−zk) is controlled. That term has no sign from the optimality conditions of a single iteration, and at the first iteration, where z0z^0z0 is an arbitrary starting point, the decrease (A.1) can genuinely fail. A second obstacle is that xkx^kxk and zkz^kzk need not converge or even be bounded when AAA or BBB is rank deficient, so objective convergence cannot pass through limits of the primal iterates; it has to come from the two-sided bounds (A.2) and (A.3). Finally, the subdifferential sum rule used to linearize each subproblem must be handled for functions taking the value +∞+\infty+∞.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); matrices act through Matrix.toEuclideanLin; the problem data are bundled in a structure Problem n m p.
  • An extended-valued fff is encoded by its effective domain CfC_fCf​ and its real values on CfC_fCf​. Assumption 1 is: CfC_fCf​ nonempty, fff convex on CfC_fCf​, epigraph over CfC_fCf​ closed. All minimizations, and the saddle-point inequality in (x,z)(x,z)(x,z), range over the domains; this is equivalent to the book's formulation with +∞+\infty+∞.
  • p⋆p^\starp⋆ is the infimum over feasible points of the domains, not f(x⋆)+g(z⋆)f(x^\star)+g(z^\star)f(x⋆)+g(z⋆) by definition.
  • The run is a hypothesis. An ADMM run is any triple of sequences satisfying (3.2)–(3.4) exactly. The book asserts on p. 16 that Assumption 1 makes the subproblems solvable; this is false in general (f(x)=ex1f(x)=e^{x_1}f(x)=ex1​, A=[0 1]A=[0\ 1]A=[0 1]), so no statement constructs iterates. A formalization that defined the iterates by choice, or required Axk+Bzk=cAx^k+Bz^k=cAxk+Bzk=c of a run, would trivialize the residual claim and is ruled out.
  • Indices: k∈Nk\in\mathbb Nk∈N starts at the book's k=0k=0k=0. Statements about xkx^kxk, rkr^krk, sks^ksk, pkp^kpk are for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 (written with k+1k+1k+1). The monotonicity step and (A.1) are stated for k≥1k\ge1k≥1; the book states (A.1) without a range, and at k=0k=0k=0 with an arbitrary z0z^0z0 it can fail. The summed bound accordingly starts at k=1k=1k=1 and is bounded by V1V^1V1 instead of V0V^0V0; it is stated as a bound on every partial sum.
  • Subdifferentials (milestones 1–2) use the published ShorNonsmooth.Subdiff.subdifferential relative to the domain.
  • The dual-variable convergence yk→y⋆y^k\to y^\staryk→y⋆ listed in §3.2.1 is not proved in the book and is not a target.

A complete development needs the subdifferential of a convex function plus a differentiable quadratic, the first-order characterization of a constrained minimizer, and elementary limits; all of this is reusable for the later missions of the series, which take ADMM runs as given. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato, J. Eckstein, Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 3(1), 2011, pp. 1–122. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000016
  • D. Gabay, B. Mercier, A dual algorithm for the solution of nonlinear variational problems via finite element approximation, Computers & Mathematics with Applications 2(1), 1976, pp. 17–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/0898-1221(76)90003-1
  • J. Eckstein, D. P. Bertsekas, On the Douglas–Rachford splitting method and the proximal point algorithm for maximal monotone operators, Mathematical Programming 55, 1992, pp. 293–318. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581204
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Robust Solutions in Two-Stage Stochastic and Adaptive Optimization Problems 4: For Symmetric Cost and Right-Hand-Side Uncertainty, the Adaptability Gap Is at Most FourResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage optimization separates a decision made before uncertainty is observed from one made after a scenario is known. A fully adaptive policy can choose a different second-stage decision in each scenario, while a static robust solution commits to a single second-stage decision that works in every scenario. Static solutions can be simpler to implement, but their worst-case cost may be higher. Bertsimas and Goyal ask how large this cost difference can be when both the right-hand sides of the constraints and the second-stage prices vary. Their Theorem 5.1 gives a factor of four when the paired uncertainty set is symmetric and nonnegative, even when both stages contain integer variables.

The distinction matters in planning problems where one policy is fixed in advance and another could respond to realized demand or prices. A uniform bound lets a planner assess the cost of the static restriction without solving every adaptive policy exactly. The source is the authors' manuscript; all page and result numbers in this mission refer to that manuscript, not to the journal pagination.

Setting

Fix matrices A∈Rm×n1A\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_1}A∈Rm×n1​ and B∈Rm×n2B\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_2}B∈Rm×n2​. A scenario ω∈Ω\omega\in\Omegaω∈Ω supplies a right-hand side b(ω)∈R+mb(\omega)\in\mathbb R_+^mb(ω)∈R+m​ and a second-stage cost vector d(ω)∈R+n2d(\omega)\in\mathbb R_+^{n_2}d(ω)∈R+n2​​. The first-stage cost vector is c∈R+n1c\in\mathbb R_+^{n_1}c∈R+n1​​. For a set III of designated integer coordinates, write DID_IDI​ for the nonnegative real vectors whose coordinates in III are integers. After relabelling, this is the paper's R+n−p×Z+p\mathbb R_+^{n-p}\times\mathbb Z_+^pR+n−p​×Z+p​.

In the robust problem ΠRob(b,d)\Pi_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b,d)ΠRob​(b,d), one first-stage decision x∈DI1x\in D_{I_1}x∈DI1​​ and one second-stage decision y∈DI2y\in D_{I_2}y∈DI2​​ must satisfy Ax+By≥b(ω)Ax+By\ge b(\omega)Ax+By≥b(ω) for every scenario. Their cost is cTx+sup⁡ω∈Ωd(ω)Tyc^Tx+\sup_{\omega\in\Omega}d(\omega)^TycTx+supω∈Ω​d(ω)Ty. In the adaptive problem ΠAdapt(b,d)\Pi_{\mathrm{Adapt}}(b,d)ΠAdapt​(b,d), xxx is still chosen once, but y(ω)∈DI2y(\omega)\in D_{I_2}y(ω)∈DI2​​ may depend on the scenario. Its constraints are Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω)Ax+By(\omega)\ge b(\omega)Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω) for every ω\omegaω, and its cost is cTx+sup⁡ω∈Ωd(ω)Ty(ω)c^Tx+\sup_{\omega\in\Omega}d(\omega)^Ty(\omega)cTx+supω∈Ω​d(ω)Ty(ω). The optimal values zRob(b,d)z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b,d)zRob​(b,d) and zAdapt(b,d)z_{\mathrm{Adapt}}(b,d)zAdapt​(b,d) are infima over feasible decisions in these respective problems; these are models (1.5)–(1.6).

The paired uncertainty set is I(b,d)(Ω)={(b(ω),d(ω)):ω∈Ω}I_{(b,d)}(\Omega)=\{(b(\omega),d(\omega)): \omega\in\Omega\}I(b,d)​(Ω)={(b(ω),d(ω)):ω∈Ω}. It is symmetric when it contains a point u0u^0u0 such that u0+zu^0+zu0+z belongs to the set exactly when u0−zu^0-zu0−z does, for every displacement zzz. The point u0u^0u0 is itself a scenario realization. The smallest coordinatewise bounding hypercube has lower and upper corners (bl,dl)(b^l,d^l)(bl,dl) and (bh,dh)(b^h,d^h)(bh,dh); its center is ((bl+bh)/2,(dl+dh)/2)((b^l+b^h)/2,(d^l+d^h)/2)((bl+bh)/2,(dl+dh)/2). These are Definition 1.2 and displays (2.5)–(2.7).

Formalization targets

The adaptability gap

The goal is Theorem 5.1:

zRob(b,d)≤4zAdapt(b,d).z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b,d)\le 4z_{\mathrm{Adapt}}(b,d).zRob​(b,d)≤4zAdapt​(b,d).

The factor applies to every nonnegative symmetric paired uncertainty set and to both continuous and mixed-integer decisions. The theorem does not require an optimal adaptive policy to attain its infimum. The milestones record the source's geometric Lemma 2.3 and the estimates labelled (5.1)–(5.4), which supply the center-scenario cost and feasibility statements with the explicit factor four. They are stated for arbitrary feasible adaptive policies so the conclusion also covers nonattained infima.

Significance

The result bounds the price of committing to a single second-stage decision, despite uncertainty in both the constraints and the objective. In this setting the comparison is independent of the number of scenarios and of the dimensions m,n1,n2m,n_1,n_2m,n1​,n2​. The paper also considers right-hand-side-only uncertainty, positive sets, and hypercubes; this mission isolates its symmetric paired-uncertainty result §5.1.

The theorem is proved in the paper. The remaining formalization work is a machine-checked development of the model, the bounding-hypercube geometry, the cost inequalities, and the passage from arbitrary feasible policies to the optimal values. The resulting definitions of mixed-integer domains, robust and adaptive feasibility, and extended-real optimal values can also support the other results in this paper's mission series. The theorem statements here are open proof targets, with no machine-checked proofs claimed.

Difficulty

The worst-case maximizer of d(ω)Ty(ω)d(\omega)^Ty(\omega)d(ω)Ty(ω) can vary with ω\omegaω, and an adaptive policy can choose a different integer vector in every scenario. Selecting one of those vectors as a static decision therefore gives no immediate cost or feasibility guarantee. The point of symmetry is a realizable scenario, but it must control both components of every other paired scenario. Without nonnegative data, doubling the center-scenario decision may fail to cover a positive right-hand side, and the cost comparison can fail as well. Integer coordinates also constrain which scalings preserve the decision domain; the exact factor in the theorem is compatible with doubling, unlike arbitrary fractional rescalings.

Formalization scope

Vectors are real functions on finite index types, matrices use Mathlib's matrix-vector product, and inequalities are componentwise. The scenario set is the range of ω↦(b(ω),d(ω))\omega\mapsto(b(\omega),d(\omega))ω↦(b(ω),d(ω)), with a product-space symmetry predicate. No probability measure or measurability structure is used in these worst-case problems. Both stages may have integer coordinates designated by sets I1,I2I_1,I_2I1​,I2​; no continuous-only second-stage restriction is imposed.

Optimal values and worst-case costs use extended real numbers. An infeasible problem has value +∞+\infty+∞; a real infimum over an empty feasible set would incorrectly return a default zero. Symmetry includes a center belonging to the scenario range, so the scenario set is nonempty. Combined with nonnegative coordinates, symmetry bounds every scenario coordinate and makes the bounding-hypercube endpoints meaningful. The hypotheses retain c≥0c\ge0c≥0, b(ω)≥0b(\omega)\ge0b(ω)≥0, and d(ω)≥0d(\omega)\ge0d(ω)≥0, which the source uses in its factor-four estimate. A statement restricted to continuous recourse, an assumed optimal adaptive policy, or a zero-valued infeasible problem would not express this target.

The source prints Z+n2\mathbb Z_+^{n_2}Z+n2​​ in (1.5)–(1.6), although the model's second-stage integer count is p2p_2p2​; the domain here follows the surrounding p2p_2p2​ convention. Lemma 2.3 is stated here for nonnegative sets, the regime needed for its second inequality. Its coordinatewise suprema and infima agree with the printed maxima and minima in this bounded symmetric setting. Contributions to the shared domain and geometry lemmas, the mixed-integer scaling fact, and the optimal-value comparison are all useful to the goal.

Selected references

  • Dimitris Bertsimas and Vineet Goyal, On the Power of Robust Solutions in Two-Stage Stochastic and Adaptive Optimization Problems, authors' manuscript of Mathematics of Operations Research, 2010. DOI: 10.1287/moor.1090.0440.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algebraic GeometryDifferential GeometryLinear Optimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Log-Barrier Interior Point Methods Are Not Strongly Polynomial 2: The Total Curvature of the Central Path of LW_r(t) Exceeds (2^(r−2) − 1)π/2 − ε for All Large tResearch Paper

Motivation: curvature of the central path as a complexity measure

Path-following interior point methods solve a linear program by tracking its central path, a smooth curve that runs through the interior of the feasible set and ends at an optimal solution. Their number of iterations is polynomial in the bit size of the input, and whether some interior point method is strongly polynomial (bounded by a polynomial in the number of variables and constraints alone) is open. Bayer and Lagarias called the central path "a fundamental mathematical object underlying Karmarkar's algorithm". Dedieu and Shub proposed its total curvature as an informal complexity measure: a path that turns little should be easy to follow with straight steps. Several results bound that curvature:

  • 2005. Dedieu and Shub conjecture that the total curvature of the central path is bounded linearly in the dimension. Dedieu, Malajovich and Shub prove an O(n)O(n)O(n) bound on average over the regions of a hyperplane arrangement. De Loera, Sturmfels and Vinzant later obtain the same averaged bound with matroid methods (arXiv:1012.3978).
  • 2008–2009. Deza, Terlaky and Zinchenko build redundant Klee–Minty cubes and "snakes" with curvature Ω(m)\Omega(m)Ω(m) for mmm inequalities, which refutes the dimension version. They then conjecture the continuous analogue of the Hirsch conjecture: the total curvature is bounded linearly in the number of constraints.
  • 2014–2017. Allamigeon, Benchimol, Gaubert and Joswig disprove that conjecture with a family of linear programs whose central paths have curvature exponential in the number of constraints. The bound first appeared in arXiv:1405.4161 and was given an elementary tropical proof in arXiv:1708.01544v2, Theorem 25, which is the result of this mission.

Setting

A linear program in slack form has a real m×nm\times nm×n matrix AAA, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn and N:=n+mN:=n+mN:=n+m:

LP(A,b,c): min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩  s.t. Ax+w=b, (x,w)≥0,DualLP(A,b,c): s−A⊤y=c, (s,y)≥0.\mathrm{LP}(A,b,c):\ \min\ \langle c,x\rangle\ \text{ s.t. } Ax+w=b,\ (x,w)\ge0,\qquad \mathrm{DualLP}(A,b,c):\ s-A^\top y=c,\ (s,y)\ge0 .LP(A,b,c): min ⟨c,x⟩  s.t. Ax+w=b, (x,w)≥0,DualLP(A,b,c): s−A⊤y=c, (s,y)≥0.

For μ>0\mu>0μ>0 the point of the central path (xμ,wμ,sμ,yμ)∈R2N(x^\mu,w^\mu,s^\mu,y^\mu)\in\mathbb R^{2N}(xμ,wμ,sμ,yμ)∈R2N is the unique solution of

Ax+w=b,s−A⊤y=c,xjsj=μ,wiyi=μ,x,w,s,y>0.(1)Ax+w=b,\quad s-A^\top y=c,\quad x_js_j=\mu,\quad w_iy_i=\mu,\quad x,w,s,y>0. \tag{1}Ax+w=b,s−A⊤y=c,xj​sj​=μ,wi​yi​=μ,x,w,s,y>0.(1)

The primal central path is μ↦(xμ,wμ)∈RN\mu\mapsto(x^\mu,w^\mu)\in\mathbb R^Nμ↦(xμ,wμ)∈RN.

For r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and t>0t>0t>0, the program LWr(t)\mathbf{LW}_r(t)LWr​(t) minimizes x1x_1x1​ over x∈R2rx\in\mathbb R^{2r}x∈R2r subject to

x1≤t2,x2≤t,x2j+1≤t x2j−1,x2j+1≤t x2j,x2j+2≤t1−1/2j(x2j−1+x2j)  (1≤j<r),x≥0.x_1\le t^2,\quad x_2\le t,\quad x_{2j+1}\le t\,x_{2j-1},\quad x_{2j+1}\le t\,x_{2j},\quad x_{2j+2}\le t^{1-1/2^j}(x_{2j-1}+x_{2j})\ \ (1\le j<r),\quad x\ge0 .x1​≤t2,x2​≤t,x2j+1​≤tx2j−1​,x2j+1​≤tx2j​,x2j+2​≤t1−1/2j(x2j−1​+x2j​)  (1≤j<r),x≥0.

With slacks w1,…,w3r−1w_1,\dots,w_{3r-1}w1​,…,w3r−1​ it becomes LWr=(t)=LP(A,b,c)\mathbf{LW}^=_r(t)=\mathrm{LP}(A,b,c)LWr=​(t)=LP(A,b,c) with n=2rn=2rn=2r, m=3r−1m=3r-1m=3r−1, N=5r−1N=5r-1N=5r−1.

For points U,V,WU,V,WU,V,W of Euclidean space with U≠V≠WU\ne V\ne WU=V=W, the turning angle ∠UVW∈[0,π]\angle UVW\in[0,\pi]∠UVW∈[0,π] is the angle between the vectors V−UV-UV−U and W−VW-VW−V. For a curve σ\sigmaσ parameterized over I⊆RI\subseteq\mathbb RI⊆R, the total curvature is

κ(σ,I)=sup⁡{∑k=1p−1∠ σ(μk−1)σ(μk)σ(μk+1) : μ0<⋯<μp in I}∈[0,+∞].\kappa(\sigma,I)=\sup\Big\{\sum_{k=1}^{p-1}\angle\,\sigma(\mu_{k-1})\sigma(\mu_k)\sigma(\mu_{k+1})\ :\ \mu_0<\dots<\mu_p\ \text{in } I\Big\}\in[0,+\infty].κ(σ,I)=sup{k=1∑p−1​∠σ(μk−1​)σ(μk​)σ(μk+1​) : μ0​<⋯<μp​ in I}∈[0,+∞].

The milestones also use the field K\mathbb KK of absolutely convergent generalized real Puiseux series ∑α∈Raαtα\sum_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}a_\alpha t^\alpha∑α∈R​aα​tα. Such a series can be evaluated at large real ttt, and it has a valuation val∈T=R∪{−∞}\mathrm{val}\in\mathbb T=\mathbb R\cup\{-\infty\}val∈T=R∪{−∞}, its leading exponent. Read over K\mathbb KK, LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ is one linear program. The valuation of its central path at μ=tλ\mu=t^\lambdaμ=tλ is the tropical central path Ctrop(λ)∈R2N\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}(\lambda)\in\mathbb R^{2N}Ctrop(λ)∈R2N, a piecewise-linear curve with an explicit recursive description (Propositions 20–21 of the paper).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 25

For every r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 there is t0t_0t0​ such that for all t>t0t>t_0t>t0​,

κ(μ↦(xμ,wμ),(0,∞))>(2r−2−1)π2−ϵandκ(μ↦(xμ,wμ,sμ,yμ),(0,∞))>(2r−2−1)π2−ϵ\kappa\big(\mu\mapsto(x^\mu,w^\mu),(0,\infty)\big)>\big(2^{r-2}-1\big)\tfrac\pi2-\epsilon\quad\text{and}\quad\kappa\big(\mu\mapsto(x^\mu,w^\mu,s^\mu,y^\mu),(0,\infty)\big)>\big(2^{r-2}-1\big)\tfrac\pi2-\epsilonκ(μ↦(xμ,wμ),(0,∞))>(2r−2−1)2π​−ϵandκ(μ↦(xμ,wμ,sμ,yμ),(0,∞))>(2r−2−1)2π​−ϵ

for the central path of LWr=(t)\mathbf{LW}^=_r(t)LWr=​(t). Here t0t_0t0​ may depend on rrr and ϵ\epsilonϵ. Both the primal and the primal-dual curves are part of the goal, as in the paper.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's argument

  1. Lemma 22: for non-null x,y∈Kd\mathbf x,\mathbf y\in\mathbb K^dx,y∈Kd, the angle ∠x(t)y(t)\angle\mathbf x(t)\mathbf y(t)∠x(t)y(t) has a limit, which is π/2\pi/2π/2 when the arg maxes of val x\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf xvalx and val y\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf yvaly are disjoint.
  2. Lemma 23: the turning angle ∠U(t)V(t)W(t)→π/2\angle\mathbf U(t)\mathbf V(t)\mathbf W(t)\to\pi/2∠U(t)V(t)W(t)→π/2 when max⁡val U<max⁡val V<max⁡val W\max\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf U<\max\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf V<\max\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf WmaxvalU<maxvalV<maxvalW and the arg maxes of val V\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf VvalV and val W\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf WvalW are disjoint.
  3. Proposition 24: lim inf⁡tκ(Ct,[tλ0,tλp])≥∑k=1p−1∠∗Ctrop(λk−1)Ctrop(λk)Ctrop(λk+1)\liminf_{t}\kappa(\mathcal C_t,[t^{\lambda_0},t^{\lambda_p}])\ge\sum_{k=1}^{p-1}\angle^*\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}(\lambda_{k-1})\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}(\lambda_k)\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}(\lambda_{k+1})liminft​κ(Ct​,[tλ0​,tλp​])≥∑k=1p−1​∠∗Ctrop(λk−1​)Ctrop(λk​)Ctrop(λk+1​), where ∠∗\angle^*∠∗ is the weak tropical angle (π/2\pi/2π/2 under the conditions of Lemma 23, else 000).
  4. Table 1: the coordinates of the tropical central path of LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ at λ=(4k+2c)/2j\lambda=(4k+2c)/2^jλ=(4k+2c)/2j.
  5. Claims in the proof of Theorem 25 (p. 23): on [0,2][0,2][0,2] the dual coordinates of Ctrop\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}Ctrop are at most max⁡(0,λ−1)\max(0,\lambda-1)max(0,λ−1). At λk=4k/2r−1\lambda_k=4k/2^{r-1}λk​=4k/2r−1 the largest coordinate is r−1+(2k+2)/2r−1r-1+(2k+2)/2^{r-1}r−1+(2k+2)/2r−1, attained only by w3(r−1)w_{3(r-1)}w3(r−1)​ or w3(r−1)+1w_{3(r-1)+1}w3(r−1)+1​. Hence ∠∗=π/2\angle^*=\pi/2∠∗=π/2 at each interior subdivision point.

Significance

The theorem shows that the total curvature of the central path is not bounded by any polynomial in the number of constraints: LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ has 3r+13r+13r+1 constraints and curvature at least about 2r−2π/22^{r-2}\pi/22r−2π/2. This settles the conjecture of Deza, Terlaky and Zinchenko in the negative. It also shows that the averaged upper bounds of Dedieu–Malajovich–Shub and De Loera–Sturmfels–Vinzant cannot hold for every region. A companion mission of this series formalizes the paper's second main result, an exponential lower bound on the number of iterations of log-barrier path-following methods on the same family.

The result is proved on paper. As far as is known, it has not been formalized in any proof assistant, and Mathlib has no notion of the total curvature of a curve, of Puiseux-series evaluation and valuation, or of the tropical central path. Formalizing the theorem would give a machine-checked reference point for a much-cited negative result in interior point theory. The Lean definitions of total curvature and of the turning angle are general and reusable.

Difficulty

The total curvature is a supremum over inscribed polygons, and a lower bound needs explicit polygons whose angles can be estimated for every large ttt. The central path of LWr=(t)\mathbf{LW}^=_r(t)LWr=​(t) has no closed form, so its points cannot be written down at given parameters μ\muμ. Numerical evidence at a fixed ttt says nothing uniform in rrr. The natural first idea, to compute the path's angles directly from system (1) for a fixed instance, gives no handle on how the number of turns grows with rrr. What is needed is control of the path's geometry uniformly over the whole scale of ttt, with 2r−22^{r-2}2r−2 turns located at once, and the threshold t0t_0t0​ is not explicit.

Formalization scope

Vectors in which angles are measured are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The turning angle is InnerProductGeometry.angle (V - U) (W - V), not Mathlib's vertex angle ∠ U V W, which is π\piπ minus it. A degenerate triple (U=VU=VU=V or V=WV=WV=W) contributes angle 000. Total curvature is an EReal-valued supremum over strictly increasing parameter sequences in the parameter set, and the goal uses the set (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞). The primal and primal-dual curves are the vectors (x,w)∈R5r−1(x,w)\in\mathbb R^{5r-1}(x,w)∈R5r−1 and (x,w,s,y)∈R2(5r−1)(x,w,s,y)\in\mathbb R^{2(5r-1)}(x,w,s,y)∈R2(5r−1). System (1) is the published Vanderbei central-path system with objective −c-c−c. The goal quantifies over every curve solving (1) for all μ>0\mu>0μ>0. Existence and uniqueness of that curve is the referenced platform statement VanderbeiLP.CentralPath.central_path_exists_unique and is not posed again. Indices are the paper's, 1-based, mapped to Fin by subtracting one. Powers 2r−22^{r-2}2r−2 use integer exponents of the real number 222.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out explicitly: the curvature is a supremum in EReal (a real sSup of an unbounded set would be 000), the turning angle is not the vertex angle, and degenerate polygons cannot add spurious right angles.

Lemmas 22–24 are stated over a model of K\mathbb KK by coefficient functions with the paper's support and absolute-convergence conditions. Equalities, products and order in K\mathbb KK are expressed through evaluation at all sufficiently large ttt, which is how the paper characterizes them. Table 1 and the claims of the proof are stated for the explicit tropical central path of LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ given by Propositions 20–21 (milestones of the companion mission), written as a definition here. One repair: the paper's "uniquely attained" claim fails at r=2r=2r=2, k=0k=0k=0, where w1=w4=2w_1=w_4=2w1​=w4​=2. It is stated with that case excluded, which the proof does not use.

Welcome contributions: a general theory of total curvature of curves (monotonicity under refinement, behaviour under limits), asymptotics of evaluated Puiseux series, and the comparison between the central path over K\mathbb KK and its real specializations.

Selected references

  • X. Allamigeon, P. Benchimol, S. Gaubert, M. Joswig, Log-Barrier Interior Point Methods Are Not Strongly Polynomial, SIAM J. Appl. Algebra Geom. 2(1), 2018; preprint v2 (cited throughout) arXiv:1708.01544, doi:10.1137/17M1142132.
  • X. Allamigeon, P. Benchimol, S. Gaubert, M. Joswig, Long and winding central paths, preprint, 2014. arXiv:1405.4161
  • J. A. De Loera, B. Sturmfels, C. Vinzant, The central curve in linear programming, Found. Comput. Math. 12(4), 2012. arXiv:1012.3978
  • J.-P. Dedieu, G. Malajovich, M. Shub, On the curvature of the central path of linear programming theory, Found. Comput. Math. 5(2), 2005.
  • J.-P. Dedieu, M. Shub, Newton flow and interior point methods in linear programming, Int. J. Bifurcation and Chaos 15(3), 2005.
  • A. Deza, T. Terlaky, Y. Zinchenko, Central path curvature and iteration-complexity for redundant Klee–Minty cubes, in Advances in Applied Mathematics and Global Optimization, Springer, 2009.
  • L. van den Dries, P. Speissegger, The real field with convergent generalized power series, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 350(11), 1998.
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimization under Variants of the Nested Logit Model 5: For General Nests, the Nested-by-Preference-and-Revenue LP Optimum Scaled by the Factor (12) Is Feasible for the Full LPResearch Paper

Assortment planning with nested choice

A retailer that groups its products into categories (brands, store sections, flight classes) and decides which products to display in each faces the assortment problem: offering more products attracts more customers but also diverts sales away from the most profitable products. The nested logit model is the standard description of customer choice in this setting. A customer first selects a category (a nest), then a product within it. Choice-based models of this kind are the basis of revenue management under customer choice (Talluri and van Ryzin 2004).

Davis, Gallego and Topaloglu (DGT 2014) study the assortment problem under the nested logit model with two features that earlier work excluded: dissimilarity parameters larger than one, under which products in a nest act as complements rather than substitutes, and a no-purchase option inside each nest, under which a customer may enter a nest and still leave without buying. They show that the problem is NP-hard once either feature is present. For each regime they give a small linear program whose solution yields an assortment with a provable performance guarantee. This mission formalizes the guarantee for the most general instances, where both features occur together (§6.1, Theorem 11).

Timeline. Rusmevichientong, Shmoys and Topaloglu (2010) bound nested-by-revenue assortments under a multinomial logit mixture. [DGT 2014] prove that nested-by-revenue assortments are optimal for dissimilarity parameters at most one without within-nest no-purchase options (Theorem 4). They give factor-(6) guarantees with synergistic products, a factor-two guarantee via knapsack relaxations for partially-captured nests (Theorem 10), and the general factor (12) of Theorem 11. Li, Rusmevichientong and Topaloglu (2015) extend the nested-by-revenue result to ddd-level nested logit models.

The model

There are nests i∈M={1,…,m}i\in M=\{1,\dots,m\}i∈M={1,…,m} and, in each nest, products j∈N={1,…,n}j\in N=\{1,\dots,n\}j∈N={1,…,n}. Product jjj of nest iii has revenue rij≥0r_{ij}\ge0rij​≥0 and preference weight vij>0v_{ij}>0vij​>0, with ri1≥ri2≥⋯≥rinr_{i1}\ge r_{i2}\ge\dots\ge r_{in}ri1​≥ri2​≥⋯≥rin​. Nest iii has a no-purchase weight vi0≥0v_{i0}\ge0vi0​≥0 and a dissimilarity parameter γi>0\gamma_i>0γi​>0, and v0≥0v_0\ge0v0​≥0 is the weight of choosing no nest at all. For an assortment Si⊆NS_i\subseteq NSi​⊆N,

Vi(Si)=vi0+∑j∈Sivij,Ri(Si)=∑j∈SirijvijVi(Si).V_i(S_i)=v_{i0}+\sum_{j\in S_i}v_{ij},\qquad R_i(S_i)=\frac{\sum_{j\in S_i}r_{ij}v_{ij}}{V_i(S_i)} .Vi​(Si​)=vi0​+j∈Si​∑​vij​,Ri​(Si​)=Vi​(Si​)∑j∈Si​​rij​vij​​.

A customer chooses nest iii with probability Vi(Si)γi/(v0+∑lVl(Sl)γl)V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}/(v_0+\sum_l V_l(S_l)^{\gamma_l})Vi​(Si​)γi​/(v0​+∑l​Vl​(Sl​)γl​), and the expected revenue is

Π(S1,…,Sm)=∑iVi(Si)γiRi(Si)v0+∑iVi(Si)γi.\Pi(S_1,\dots,S_m)=\frac{\sum_{i}V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}R_i(S_i)}{v_0+\sum_{i}V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}} .Π(S1​,…,Sm​)=v0​+∑i​Vi​(Si​)γi​∑i​Vi​(Si​)γi​Ri​(Si​)​.

The optimal value Z∗Z^*Z∗ of max⁡Π\max\PimaxΠ equals the optimal value of the linear program

(3)min⁡ xs.t.v0x≥∑iyi,yi≥Vi(Si)γi(Ri(Si)−x)  ∀Si⊆N, i∈M,\text{(3)}\qquad \min\ x\quad\text{s.t.}\quad v_0x\ge\sum_i y_i,\qquad y_i\ge V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}\big(R_i(S_i)-x\big)\ \ \forall S_i\subseteq N,\ i\in M,(3)min xs.t.v0​x≥i∑​yi​,yi​≥Vi​(Si​)γi​(Ri​(Si​)−x)  ∀Si​⊆N, i∈M,

which has 2n2^n2n constraints per nest. Problem (4) keeps only the constraints for a chosen candidate collection of assortments in each nest.

A nest is fully captured if vi0=0v_{i0}=0vi0​=0 (i∈Mfi\in M^fi∈Mf) and partially captured if vi0>0v_{i0}>0vi0​>0 (i∈Mpi\in M^pi∈Mp). Nij={1,…,j}N_{ij}=\{1,\dots,j\}Nij​={1,…,j} is the nested-by-revenue assortment. NijkN^k_{ij}Nijk​ is the set of the jjj highest-revenue products among the kkk products of nest iii with the smallest preference weights, with Ni0k=∅N^k_{i0}=\emptysetNi0k​=∅ and Nijn=NijN^n_{ij}=N_{ij}Nijn​=Nij​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11

Let (x^,y^)(\hat x,\hat y)(x^,y^​) be an optimal solution of (4) when the candidate collection of every nest is {Nijk:k∈N, j=0,…,k}∪{{j}:j∈N}\{N^k_{ij}:k\in N,\ j=0,\dots,k\}\cup\{\{j\}:j\in N\}{Nijk​:k∈N, j=0,…,k}∪{{j}:j∈N}, and let

β=max⁡i∈Mf, j=2,…,n{Vi(Nij)Vi(Ni,j−1)}∨max⁡i∈Mp, j=1,…,n{Vi(Nij)Vi(Ni,j−1)}∨2(12).\beta=\max_{i\in M^f,\ j=2,\dots,n}\left\{\frac{V_i(N_{ij})}{V_i(N_{i,j-1})}\right\}\vee\max_{i\in M^p,\ j=1,\dots,n}\left\{\frac{V_i(N_{ij})}{V_i(N_{i,j-1})}\right\}\vee2 \qquad (12).β=i∈Mf, j=2,…,nmax​{Vi​(Ni,j−1​)Vi​(Nij​)​}∨i∈Mp, j=1,…,nmax​{Vi​(Ni,j−1​)Vi​(Nij​)​}∨2(12).

Then (βx^,βy^)(\beta\hat x,\beta\hat y)(βx^,βy^​) is feasible for problem (3).

The theorem assumes γˉ=max⁡iγi>1\bar\gamma=\max_i\gamma_i>1γˉ​=maxi​γi​>1, as all of §6 does. Otherwise it places no restriction on the γi\gamma_iγi​ or the vi0v_{i0}vi0​.

Milestones

  1. x^≥0\hat x\ge0x^≥0 (A.4, p. 46).
  2. Every greedy knapsack assortment S^i(ϵi)\hat S_i(\epsilon_i)S^i​(ϵi​) of §5 is one of the NijkN^k_{ij}Nijk​ (pp. 24–25).
  3. The relaxed nest problem over [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n has an optimal solution of fractional-prefix form (A.4 Case 1, p. 47).
  4. Inequality (30): for a nest with γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 and y^i≥0\hat y_i\ge0y^​i​≥0, βy^i\beta\hat y_iβy^​i​ bounds the relaxed objective at every fractional prefix (p. 47).
  5. Case 1: γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1, y^i≥0\hat y_i\ge0y^​i​≥0 gives the constraints of (3) for nest iii (pp. 47–48).
  6. Problem (31) has a nested-by-revenue optimal solution when γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 and its coefficient b=βy^ib=\beta\hat y_ib=βy^​i​ is negative (p. 48).
  7. Case 2: γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1, y^i<0\hat y_i<0y^​i​<0 (p. 48).
  8. Case 3: γi≤1\gamma_i\le1γi​≤1, through the factor-two argument of Theorem 10 (pp. 48–49).

Two companions follow the goal. One is the resulting guarantee β Π(S^)≥Z∗≥Π(S^)\beta\,\Pi(\hat S)\ge Z^*\ge\Pi(\hat S)βΠ(S^)≥Z∗≥Π(S^), through Theorem 1. The other is the bound β≤2κ\beta\le2\kappaβ≤2κ when the preference weights within a nest differ by at most a factor κ\kappaκ (p. 26).

Significance

Theorem 11, combined with Theorem 1 of the paper, gives a polynomial-size method for an NP-hard problem. The method solves one linear program with 1+m1+m1+m variables and 1+m(1+n+n2)1+m(1+n+n^2)1+m(1+n+n2) constraints, then reads off an assortment whose expected revenue is within the factor β\betaβ of the optimum. This holds for every nested logit instance, including nests where customers may walk away and nests whose products are complements. When the weights inside each nest are within a factor κ\kappaκ of each other, the guarantee is at most 2κ2\kappa2κ.

The theorem is proved in the paper's appendix. No part of it is machine-checked. Formalizing it checks a case analysis that reuses, by reference, arguments from two other theorems: Theorem 7 (synergistic, fully-captured nests) and Theorem 10 (competitive, partially-captured nests). It makes precise what these arguments need when the two regimes are mixed in one instance. The formalization also fixes the boundary conventions the printed proof leaves implicit: fully-captured nests with k=1k=1k=1, zero-weight denominators, and the sign of y^i\hat y_iy^​i​.

Difficulty

Each nest falls into one of three regimes, and a different argument controls each. With γi≤1\gamma_i\le1γi​≤1 the nest behaves like a knapsack problem. Its guarantee of two needs the knapsack collection of §5 to sit inside {Nijk}\{N^k_{ij}\}{Nijk​}. With γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 and y^i≥0\hat y_i\ge0y^​i​≥0, the constraint must be extended from nested-by-revenue sets to every subset. This goes through a continuous relaxation whose optimum has a fractional coordinate, and it costs the ratio Vi(Nik)/Vi(Ni,k−1)V_i(N_{ik})/V_i(N_{i,k-1})Vi​(Nik​)/Vi​(Ni,k−1​), which is where (12) comes from. With γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 and y^i<0\hat y_i<0y^​i​<0, the scaling argument of Case 1 fails because multiplying by a factor at most one no longer preserves the inequality. The proof switches to the different objective (31), whose convexity in one coordinate forces an integral optimum.

The first idea, bounding every assortment by a nested-by-revenue one, is false here. With γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 or vi0>0v_{i0}>0vi0​>0, nested-by-revenue assortments are not optimal, and the loss is exactly the factor β\betaβ.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n; NijN_{ij}Nij​ is nbr n j. Powers are Real.rpow, and x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0, so Ri(∅)=0R_i(\emptyset)=0Ri​(∅)=0. Problems (3) and (4) are stated in constraint form: LP4Optimal means feasible and with xxx minimal among feasible points. β\betaβ is the greatest element of the finite set betaSet I, which contains 222 and the ratios of (12). Fully-captured nests skip j=1j=1j=1, as on the page. The collection is constructed: nestedPR breaks weight ties by index and revenue ties by index.

Standing assumptions, all disclosed:

  • vij>0v_{ij}>0vij​>0, rij≥0r_{ij}\ge0rij​≥0 and γi>0\gamma_i>0γi​>0. The page allows zero-weight padding products and γi=0\gamma_i=0γi​=0, but its arguments do not cover them.
  • γˉ>1\bar\gamma>1γˉ​>1 on every statement set in Theorem 11's context.
  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1 for the collection claim and the prefix claim.
  • vi0>0v_{i0}>0vi0​>0 for the statement about (31). That is the only kind of nest where Case 2 arises. For vi0=0v_{i0}=0vi0​=0, Lean's 01−γi=00^{1-\gamma_i}=001−γi​=0 would remove the page's +∞+\infty+∞.
  • v0>0v_0>0v0​>0 for the guarantee, where Theorem 1 fails otherwise.
  • κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1, and vi0v_{i0}vi0​ counted among the weights of a partially-captured nest (vij≤κvi0v_{ij}\le\kappa v_{i0}vij​≤κvi0​, vi0≤κvijv_{i0}\le\kappa v_{ij}vi0​≤κvij​), for the 2κ2\kappa2κ bound.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The goal states only feasibility for (3), with β\betaβ the maximum of (12), not any upper bound. The collection is the page's, not an arbitrary family containing it. The goal mentions none of the cases or the relaxations.

A complete development needs continuous knapsack solutions (greedy optimality, fractional prefixes), convexity of t↦t1−γt\mapsto t^{1-\gamma}t↦t1−γ on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), and the factor-two argument of Theorem 10. The knapsack and fractional-prefix lemmas are reusable for the companion missions of this series. Proofs of individual cases, and proofs of milestones in greater generality, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. M. Davis, G. Gallego, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization under variants of the nested logit model, Operations Research 62(2), 2014 (revised manuscript of June 18, 2013). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1256
  • P. Rusmevichientong, D. B. Shmoys, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization with mixtures of logits, technical report, Cornell University, 2010. http://legacy.orie.cornell.edu/~huseyin/publications/publications.html
  • G. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, The d-level nested logit model: assortment and price optimization problems, Operations Research 63(2), 2015.
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue management under a general discrete choice model of consumer behavior, Management Science 50(1), 15–33, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • D. P. Williamson, D. B. Shmoys, The Design of Approximation Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511921735
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimization under Variants of the Nested Logit Model 3: With Fully-Captured Nests, the Nested-by-Revenue LP Optimum Scaled by the Factor (6) Is Feasible for the Full LPResearch Paper

Motivation

Assortment optimization asks a retailer which products to offer when customers substitute among them. The nested logit model groups products into nests and is one of the most used choice models in revenue management, because it relaxes the independence of irrelevant alternatives of the plain multinomial logit model while keeping choice probabilities in closed form. Davis, Gallego and Topaloglu (Oper. Res. 62(2), 2014) study how the tractability of the assortment problem under this model depends on two features: whether the dissimilarity parameters of the nests are at most one, and whether a customer who selects a nest always buys there (fully-captured nests).

When the dissimilarity parameters are at most one and the nests are fully captured, offering the jjj highest-revenue products in every nest is optimal (Theorem 4 of the paper). This mission concerns what survives when a dissimilarity parameter exceeds one, the regime the paper calls possibly synergistic products. Then the problem is NP-hard (Theorem 5), and the paper shows that the same nested-by-revenue assortments still achieve an explicit, data-dependent fraction of the optimal expected revenue.

Setting

There are nests i∈Mi \in Mi∈M and products j∈N={1,…,n}j \in N = \{1, \dots, n\}j∈N={1,…,n} in every nest. Product jjj of nest iii has a revenue rijr_{ij}rij​ and a preference weight vij>0v_{ij} > 0vij​>0, ordered so that ri1≥ri2≥⋯≥rinr_{i1} \ge r_{i2} \ge \dots \ge r_{in}ri1​≥ri2​≥⋯≥rin​. Nest iii has a dissimilarity parameter γi>0\gamma_i > 0γi​>0, and v0≥0v_0 \ge 0v0​≥0 is the weight of leaving without choosing a nest. Throughout this mission the nests are fully captured: the within-nest no-purchase weights vi0v_{i0}vi0​ are zero. For an assortment Si⊆NS_i \subseteq NSi​⊆N in nest iii,

Vi(Si)=∑j∈Sivij,Ri(Si)=∑j∈SirijvijVi(Si),Ri(∅)=0,V_i(S_i) = \sum_{j \in S_i} v_{ij}, \qquad R_i(S_i) = \frac{\sum_{j \in S_i} r_{ij} v_{ij}}{V_i(S_i)}, \quad R_i(\emptyset) = 0,Vi​(Si​)=j∈Si​∑​vij​,Ri​(Si​)=Vi​(Si​)∑j∈Si​​rij​vij​​,Ri​(∅)=0,

and the expected revenue of (S1,…,Sm)(S_1, \dots, S_m)(S1​,…,Sm​) is

Π(S1,…,Sm)=∑i∈MVi(Si)γiRi(Si)v0+∑i∈MVi(Si)γi.\Pi(S_1, \dots, S_m) = \frac{\sum_{i \in M} V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i} R_i(S_i)}{v_0 + \sum_{i \in M} V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}}.Π(S1​,…,Sm​)=v0​+∑i∈M​Vi​(Si​)γi​∑i∈M​Vi​(Si​)γi​Ri​(Si​)​.

Problem (2) maximizes Π\PiΠ; its optimal value is Z∗Z^*Z∗. The nested-by-revenue assortment Nij={1,…,j}N_{ij} = \{1, \dots, j\}Nij​={1,…,j} collects the jjj highest-revenue products of nest iii, with Ni0=∅N_{i0} = \emptysetNi0​=∅ and N+={0,1,…,n}N_+ = \{0, 1, \dots, n\}N+​={0,1,…,n}.

Problem (2) is equivalent to the linear program (3): minimize xxx subject to v0x≥∑iyiv_0 x \ge \sum_i y_iv0​x≥∑i​yi​ and yi≥Vi(Si)γi(Ri(Si)−x)y_i \ge V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}(R_i(S_i) - x)yi​≥Vi​(Si​)γi​(Ri​(Si​)−x) for every nest iii and every Si⊆NS_i \subseteq NSi​⊆N. Problem (4) keeps the second family of constraints only for candidate assortments; here the candidates are {Nij:j∈N+}\{N_{ij} : j \in N_+\}{Nij​:j∈N+​}, which gives a linear program with 1+m1 + m1+m variables and 1+m(1+n)1 + m(1 + n)1+m(1+n) constraints. The performance factor of the nested-by-revenue assortments is

α=max⁡i∈M, j=2,…,n{Ri(Ni,j−1)Ri(Nij)∧(Ri(Nij)Ri(Ni,j−1) Vi(Nij)γiVi(Ni,j−1)γi)},a∧b=min⁡{a,b}.(6)\alpha = \max_{i \in M,\ j = 2, \dots, n} \left\{ \frac{R_i(N_{i,j-1})}{R_i(N_{ij})} \wedge \left(\frac{R_i(N_{ij})}{R_i(N_{i,j-1})}\, \frac{V_i(N_{ij})^{\gamma_i}}{V_i(N_{i,j-1})^{\gamma_i}}\right) \right\}, \qquad a \wedge b = \min\{a, b\}. \tag{6}α=i∈M, j=2,…,nmax​{Ri​(Nij​)Ri​(Ni,j−1​)​∧(Ri​(Ni,j−1​)Ri​(Nij​)​Vi​(Ni,j−1​)γi​Vi​(Nij​)γi​​)},a∧b=min{a,b}.(6)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7

Assume vi0=0v_{i0} = 0vi0​=0 for every nest, γi>1\gamma_i > 1γi​>1 for some nest, positive revenues and n≥2n \ge 2n≥2. If (x^,y^)(\hat x, \hat y)(x^,y^​) is an optimal solution of (4) over the nested-by-revenue assortments, then

(αx^,αy^) is feasible for (3).(\alpha \hat x, \alpha \hat y) \ \text{is feasible for (3)}.(αx^,αy^​) is feasible for (3).

Combined with Theorem 1 of the paper this yields Z∗≤α Π(S^)Z^* \le \alpha\, \Pi(\hat S)Z∗≤αΠ(S^) for the assortment S^\hat SS^ read off the small linear program; that consequence is a companion item.

Milestones

  1. Problem (3) is a relaxation of the fractional problem (7), in which yiy_iyi​ dominates (∑jvijzij)γi[∑jrijvijzij/∑jvijzij−x]\big(\sum_j v_{ij} z_{ij}\big)^{\gamma_i}\big[\sum_j r_{ij} v_{ij} z_{ij} / \sum_j v_{ij} z_{ij} - x\big](∑j​vij​zij​)γi​[∑j​rij​vij​zij​/∑j​vij​zij​−x] for all zi∈[0,1]nz_i \in [0,1]^nzi​∈[0,1]n.
  2. Lemma 6: the inner maximization (8) of (7) has a solution of the form zi1=⋯=zi,k−1=1z_{i1} = \dots = z_{i,k-1} = 1zi1​=⋯=zi,k−1​=1, zik∈[0,1]z_{ik} \in [0,1]zik​∈[0,1], zi,k+1=⋯=zin=0z_{i,k+1} = \dots = z_{in} = 0zi,k+1​=⋯=zin​=0.
  3. y^i≥0\hat y_i \ge 0y^​i​≥0 and x^≥0\hat x \ge 0x^≥0.
  4. The inequalities (20) and (22) with the coefficients αik1=Ri(Ni,k−1)/Ri(Nik)\alpha^1_{ik} = R_i(N_{i,k-1})/R_i(N_{ik})αik1​=Ri​(Ni,k−1​)/Ri​(Nik​) and 1∨αik21 \vee \alpha^2_{ik}1∨αik2​.
  5. Ri(Nij)≤Ri(Ni,j−1)R_i(N_{ij}) \le R_i(N_{i,j-1})Ri​(Nij​)≤Ri​(Ni,j−1​), and Lemma 14: α≥1\alpha \ge 1α≥1 when some γi>1\gamma_i > 1γi​>1.
  6. The inequalities (24) and (25): αy^i\alpha \hat y_iαy^​i​ dominates the objective of (8) at αx^\alpha \hat xαx^ for every vector of Lemma 6's shape.

Two companion statements follow the goal: the bounds α≤ρ\alpha \le \rhoα≤ρ and α≤2κ\alpha \le 2\kappaα≤2κ when revenues, respectively preference weights, within each nest differ by at most the factors ρ\rhoρ, κ\kappaκ; and the guarantee Z∗≤α Π(S^)Z^* \le \alpha\, \Pi(\hat S)Z∗≤αΠ(S^).

Significance

Because problem (2) is NP-hard once a dissimilarity parameter exceeds one (Theorem 5 of the paper), an exact polynomial algorithm is not expected, and a guarantee for a polynomial-size candidate family is the natural substitute. Theorem 7 gives one with an explicit factor computed from the data: α≤ρ\alpha \le \rhoα≤ρ when revenues within each nest are balanced, α≤2κ\alpha \le 2\kappaα≤2κ when preference weights within each nest are balanced, and the nests may differ arbitrarily from one another. The same linear-programming argument (Theorem 1) is reused for partially-captured nests in §6 of the paper.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix A.1); no machine-checked version is known. A formalization verifies an appendix argument that is stated with little detail, and fixes the conventions that the page leaves implicit, such as the value of the objective of (8) at zi=0z_i = 0zi​=0 and the role of the standing assumption that some γi\gamma_iγi​ exceeds one.

Difficulty

Theorem 7 is a feasibility statement for the exponentially many constraints of (3), one per subset of every nest, while optimality of (x^,y^)(\hat x, \hat y)(x^,y^​) only controls the n+1n + 1n+1 nested-by-revenue constraints per nest. The obvious approach, comparing each subset directly with a nested-by-revenue assortment, fails: when γi>1\gamma_i > 1γi​>1 the nested-by-revenue assortments are not optimal within a nest, and the example of §4.1 shows that they can lose an unbounded factor. The constant α\alphaα must absorb the gap between a fractional assortment and its two neighbouring nested-by-revenue assortments, which the dual-style solution (x^,y^)(\hat x, \hat y)(x^,y^​) of the small program does not see.

Formalization scope

Lean 4 with Mathlib. Nests form a finite type ι; products are Fin n, indexed from 000, so NijN_{ij}Nij​ is nbr n j = {k | k < j} and product kkk of the page is ⟨k - 1, _⟩. Powers are real powers (Real.rpow), and division is total (x/0=0x / 0 = 0x/0=0), which gives Ri(∅)=0R_i(\emptyset) = 0Ri​(∅)=0 and value 000 for the objective of (8) at zi=0z_i = 0zi​=0.

Standing assumptions in every statement: v0≥0v_0 \ge 0v0​≥0, vi0≥0v_{i0} \ge 0vi0​≥0, vij>0v_{ij} > 0vij​>0, rij≥0r_{ij} \ge 0rij​≥0, γi>0\gamma_i > 0γi​>0, revenues ordered within each nest (§1); vi0=0v_{i0} = 0vi0​=0 for every nest and γi>1\gamma_i > 1γi​>1 for some nest (§4, p. 16). Added and disclosed: rij>0r_{ij} > 0rij​>0 wherever (6) appears, so that no denominator of (6) vanishes; n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, the nonempty range of (6); v0>0v_0 > 0v0​>0 only in the guarantee Z∗≤α Π(S^)Z^* \le \alpha\,\Pi(\hat S)Z∗≤αΠ(S^), inherited from Theorem 1. The factor α\alphaα enters as a real number with the hypothesis that it is the greatest element of the set of terms of (6). An optimal solution of (4) is a feasible pair whose xxx is minimal among feasible pairs.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: α\alphaα is the maximum of (6), not an arbitrary upper bound, and the goal states feasibility for the full program (3) over every subset of every nest, not for (7) or for the candidate collection.

Needed infrastructure: maximization of a continuous function on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, the greedy solution of a continuous knapsack, monotonicity of weighted averages and elementary real-power calculus. These are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, of the companions, and of the §4.1 example are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. M. Davis, G. Gallego, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization under variants of the nested logit model, Operations Research 62(2), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1256 (formalized from the revised manuscript of June 18, 2013).
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue management under a general discrete choice model of consumer behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems 2: Worst-Case Distribution with Largest Covariance for Piecewise-Linear PortfoliosResearch Paper

Motivation

A portfolio manager who maximizes expected utility needs the distribution of asset returns, but in practice only estimates of its first two moments are available, and these estimates are themselves noisy. Distributionally robust optimization handles this by optimizing against the worst distribution in a set of plausible ones. Delage and Ye (Operations Research 58(3), 2010) proposed a set of distributions defined by confidence bounds on the mean and on the second-moment matrix, showed that the resulting problems are solvable in polynomial time for a large class of costs, and applied the framework to portfolio selection.

The set contains an upper bound on the covariance but no lower bound. Remark 1 of the paper says a lower bound "leads to important computational difficulties" and argues it should be unnecessary: for a concave utility, a less predictable market can only reduce expected utility, so the worst distribution should already have the largest covariance allowed. Proposition 3 in §5.2 turns this argument into a theorem for piecewise-linear concave utilities and unconstrained support. This mission formalizes Proposition 3 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let nnn assets have a random return vector ξ∈Rn\xi\in\mathbb R^nξ∈Rn, and let x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn be a portfolio, so the return is ξTx\xi^{\mathsf T}xξTx. A distribution of ξ\xiξ is a Borel probability measure on Rn\mathbb R^nRn with finite second moments. For symmetric matrices, A⪯BA\preceq BA⪯B (the Loewner order) means B−AB-AB−A is positive semidefinite.

Given a support set SSS, a centre μ0\mu_0μ0​, a positive definite matrix Σ0≻0\Sigma_0\succ0Σ0​≻0 and γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0, γ2>0\gamma_2>0γ2​>0, the distributional set of Assumption 3 is

D1(S,μ0,Σ0,γ1,γ2)={P : P(ξ∈S)=1, (E[ξ]−μ0)TΣ0−1(E[ξ]−μ0)≤γ1, E[(ξ−μ0)(ξ−μ0)T]⪯γ2Σ0}.\mathcal D_1(S,\mu_0,\Sigma_0,\gamma_1,\gamma_2)=\Big\{P\ :\ P(\xi\in S)=1,\ (\mathbb E[\xi]-\mu_0)^{\mathsf T}\Sigma_0^{-1}(\mathbb E[\xi]-\mu_0)\le\gamma_1,\ \mathbb E[(\xi-\mu_0)(\xi-\mu_0)^{\mathsf T}]\preceq\gamma_2\Sigma_0\Big\}.D1​(S,μ0​,Σ0​,γ1​,γ2​)={P : P(ξ∈S)=1, (E[ξ]−μ0​)TΣ0−1​(E[ξ]−μ0​)≤γ1​, E[(ξ−μ0​)(ξ−μ0​)T]⪯γ2​Σ0​}.

The second constraint, (1b), is the covariance constraint.

The utility is piecewise linear concave, u(y)=min⁡k∈{1,…,K}aky+bku(y)=\min_{k\in\{1,\dots,K\}}a_ky+b_ku(y)=mink∈{1,…,K}​ak​y+bk​ with K≥1K\ge1K≥1 pieces, and the cost of a return is −u-u−u:

h(x,ξ)=max⁡k (−ak ξTx−bk).h(x,\xi)=\max_{k}\ \big(-a_k\,\xi^{\mathsf T}x-b_k\big).h(x,ξ)=kmax​ (−ak​ξTx−bk​).

With estimates μ^\hat\muμ^​, Σ^≻0\hat\Sigma\succ0Σ^≻0 of the mean and covariance, the inner problem of the robust portfolio problem with unconstrained support and an exactly known mean (γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0) is

max⁡P∈D1(Rn,μ^,Σ^,0,γ2) EP[h(x,ξ)].(18)\max_{P\in\mathcal D_1(\mathbb R^n,\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,0,\gamma_2)}\ \mathbb E_P\big[h(x,\xi)\big].\tag{18}P∈D1​(Rn,μ^​,Σ^,0,γ2​)max​ EP​[h(x,ξ)].(18)

The proof relates (18) to a semidefinite program in variables Λk∈Rn×n\Lambda_k\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}Λk​∈Rn×n, λk∈Rn\lambda_k\in\mathbb R^nλk​∈Rn, νk∈R\nu_k\in\mathbb Rνk​∈R:

max⁡ ∑k(−ak xTλk−bkνk)s.t.∑kΛk⪯γ2Σ^+μ^μ^T,  ∑kλk=μ^,  ∑kνk=1,  [ΛkλkλkTνk]⪰0.(19)\max\ \sum_k\big(-a_k\,x^{\mathsf T}\lambda_k-b_k\nu_k\big)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \sum_k\Lambda_k\preceq\gamma_2\hat\Sigma+\hat\mu\hat\mu^{\mathsf T},\ \ \sum_k\lambda_k=\hat\mu,\ \ \sum_k\nu_k=1,\ \ \begin{bmatrix}\Lambda_k&\lambda_k\\\lambda_k^{\mathsf T}&\nu_k\end{bmatrix}\succeq0.\tag{19}max k∑​(−ak​xTλk​−bk​νk​)s.t.k∑​Λk​⪯γ2​Σ^+μ^​μ^​T,  k∑​λk​=μ^​,  k∑​νk​=1,  [Λk​λkT​​λk​νk​​]⪰0.(19)

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

For every γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0 (the mean-uncertainty radius of the robust portfolio problem (16); (18) is the case γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0),

∃ P∗∈D1(Rn,μ^,Σ^,γ1,γ2):EP∗[(ξ−μ^)(ξ−μ^)T]=γ2Σ^andEQ[h(x,ξ)]≤EP∗[h(x,ξ)]  ∀ Q∈D1(Rn,μ^,Σ^,γ1,γ2).\exists\,P^*\in\mathcal D_1(\mathbb R^n,\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\gamma_1,\gamma_2):\quad \mathbb E_{P^*}\big[(\xi-\hat\mu)(\xi-\hat\mu)^{\mathsf T}\big]=\gamma_2\hat\Sigma\quad\text{and}\quad \mathbb E_Q[h(x,\xi)]\le\mathbb E_{P^*}[h(x,\xi)]\ \ \forall\,Q\in\mathcal D_1(\mathbb R^n,\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\gamma_1,\gamma_2).∃P∗∈D1​(Rn,μ^​,Σ^,γ1​,γ2​):EP∗​[(ξ−μ^​)(ξ−μ^​)T]=γ2​Σ^andEQ​[h(x,ξ)]≤EP∗​[h(x,ξ)]  ∀Q∈D1​(Rn,μ^​,Σ^,γ1​,γ2​).

The worst-case expectation is attained, and at a distribution for which the covariance constraint holds with equality. The statement holds for every portfolio xxx, every K≥1K\ge1K≥1, every a,ba,ba,b, every μ^\hat\muμ^​, every Σ^≻0\hat\Sigma\succ0Σ^≻0, every γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0 and every γ2>0\gamma_2>0γ2​>0.

Milestones

  1. Every value of (18) is dominated by the value of a feasible point of (19).
  2. (19) has an optimal solution at which ∑kΛk=γ2Σ^+μ^μ^T\sum_k\Lambda_k=\gamma_2\hat\Sigma+\hat\mu\hat\mu^{\mathsf T}∑k​Λk​=γ2​Σ^+μ^​μ^​T.
  3. If [ΛλλTν]⪰0\begin{bmatrix}\Lambda&\lambda\\\lambda^{\mathsf T}&\nu\end{bmatrix}\succeq0[ΛλT​λν​]⪰0 and ν>0\nu>0ν>0, a random vector with mean λ/ν\lambda/\nuλ/ν and second moment Λ/ν\Lambda/\nuΛ/ν exists.
  4. The mixture ∑kνkPk\sum_k\nu_kP_k∑k​νk​Pk​ of such vectors, built from a tight feasible point with all νk>0\nu_k>0νk​>0, lies in D1\mathcal D_1D1​ and has second moment γ2Σ^\gamma_2\hat\Sigmaγ2​Σ^ about μ^\hat\muμ^​.
  5. The expected cost under that mixture is at least the objective value of (19) at the point.
  6. (18) and (19) have the same attained optimal value.

Significance

The proposition justifies a modelling decision of the whole paper: for portfolio problems with piecewise-linear concave utility, adding a lower bound γ3Σ0⪯E[(ξ−μ0)(ξ−μ0)T]\gamma_3\Sigma_0\preceq\mathbb E[(\xi-\mu_0)(\xi-\mu_0)^{\mathsf T}]γ3​Σ0​⪯E[(ξ−μ0​)(ξ−μ0​)T] (display (2)) to the distributional set cannot change the robust decision, so the computational difficulty that lower bound would cause is avoided at no loss. It also shows that, under these assumptions and with γ2=1\gamma_2=1γ2​=1, the paper's semidefinite formulation solves the known-moment portfolio problem of Popescu (2007) in polynomial time (Remark 4). The worst case is explicit: a finite mixture of distributions with prescribed first and second moments, read off an optimal solution of (19).

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. Formalizing it requires a moment-problem argument (from a distribution to a feasible point of an SDP) and its converse (from an SDP solution to a distribution), both of which are reusable for other moment-based distributionally robust results. The proposition concerns the robust portfolio problem with D1(Rn,μ^,Σ^,γ1,γ2)\mathcal D_1(\mathbb R^n,\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\gamma_1,\gamma_2)D1​(Rn,μ^​,Σ^,γ1​,γ2​); the paper's proof writes out only γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0 "for simplicity of our derivations". The goal states the proposition for every γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0; the milestones follow the written proof and are stated for γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, "a concave utility prefers less spread, so the adversary maximizes spread", does not prove anything by itself: increasing the second-moment matrix of a given distribution in the Loewner order does not determine its law, and the expected cost depends on the whole law, not on the moments. The proof goes through the semidefinite program (19). Two steps carry the weight. First, every distribution in D1\mathcal D_1D1​ must be mapped to a feasible point of (19) with no smaller value, although the cost is only piecewise affine in ξ\xiξ. Second, an optimal point of (19) must be turned back into a distribution in D1\mathcal D_1D1​; this needs the existence of random vectors with prescribed first and second moments, and care with blocks where νk=0\nu_k=0νk​=0, which the paper sets aside "without loss of generality" although such a block can carry a nonzero Λk\Lambda_kΛk​ that the mixture would lose.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin n → ℝ; all Euclidean quantities are dot products, never the sup norm. Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ; A⪯BA\preceq BA⪯B is (B - A).PosSemidef; Σ0−1\Sigma_0^{-1}Σ0−1​ is Mathlib's matrix inverse, used only with Σ0≻0\Sigma_0\succ0Σ0​≻0.
  • A distribution is a Measure (Fin n → ℝ) that is a probability measure and whose coordinates are in L2L^2L2 (MemLp _ 2). This makes every mean, second moment and expected cost a genuine integral; without it a non-integrable expectation would evaluate to 000.
  • P(ξ∈S)=1P(\xi\in S)=1P(ξ∈S)=1 is an almost-everywhere statement; the goal uses S=RnS=\mathbb R^nS=Rn ("infinite support constraint"). The convexity of SSS, μ0∈int⁡S\mu_0\in\operatorname{int}Sμ0​∈intS and the separation oracle of Assumption 3 concern the paper's algorithms and are not part of the set.
  • The maximum of (18) is never a real supremum: the goal asserts a maximizer that dominates every member of the set. The cost uses a finite maximum over K≥1K\ge1K≥1 pieces ([NeZero K]).
  • Standing hypotheses: Σ^≻0\hat\Sigma\succ0Σ^≻0 (Assumption 3's Σ0≻0\Sigma_0\succ0Σ0​≻0, and endnote 1), γ2>0\gamma_2>0γ2​>0 (§3), γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0 (Assumption 3) in the goal; the milestones fix γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0 as the proof does. The portfolio xxx ranges over all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn; the simplex constraint (16b) plays no role in the inner problem, so dropping it only strengthens the statements.
  • The objective of (19) has the sign of the proof's final computation (p. 21), ∑k(−akxTλk−bkνk)\sum_k(-a_kx^{\mathsf T}\lambda_k-b_k\nu_k)∑k​(−ak​xTλk​−bk​νk​); display (19a) on p. 19 prints the opposite signs, a misprint.
  • Ruling out trivial readings: the goal requires both membership in D1\mathcal D_1D1​ with tight covariance and domination of every member of D1\mathcal D_1D1​. A distribution with covariance γ2Σ^\gamma_2\hat\Sigmaγ2​Σ^ alone, or a maximizer alone, would not suffice. The goal does not claim that every maximizer is tight; for K=1K=1K=1 the cost is linear and every member of D1\mathcal D_1D1​ is a maximizer.
  • Infrastructure needed: existence of distributions with prescribed mean and covariance (for instance multivariate Gaussians, or degenerate laws on a subspace), finite mixtures of measures and their moments, Schur complements of positive semidefinite block matrices, and compactness of the feasible set of (19). Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

The source is the authors' draft of 20 February 2008 of the Operations Research paper; every page, display and label in this mission refers to that draft.

Selected references

  • E. Delage and Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010 (authors' draft of 20 February 2008 used here). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • I. Popescu, Robust mean-covariance solutions for stochastic optimization, Operations Research 55(1):98–112, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1060.0353
  • Y. Nesterov and A. Nemirovski, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality and Duality Theory for Stochastic Optimization Problems with Nonlinear Dominance Constraints 2: With Finite Scenarios and Slater's Condition, Piecewise-Linear Utilities Are MultipliersResearch Paper

Motivation

Second-order stochastic dominance constraints let a decision maker require that a random outcome of a decision be preferred to a fixed benchmark outcome by every risk-averse expected-utility maximizer, without choosing a utility function in advance. Dentcheva and Ruszczyński introduced optimization under such constraints in Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints (SIAM J. Optim., 2003), for the case where the decision enters the outcome linearly (the pure-dominance case). Their follow-up paper, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints (Math. Program., 2004), allows the decision to affect many random outcomes in a nonlinear, concave way, and derives optimality and duality theory in which the Lagrange multipliers of the dominance constraints are utility functions.

In applications (portfolio selection against a benchmark index is the paper's own example in §6) the probability space is a finite set of scenarios. Section 5 of the paper specialises the theory to that case. This mission formalizes that section: the reduction of the dominance constraints to finitely many inequalities, and the optimality and duality theorems (Theorems 6 and 7) in which the multipliers become piecewise-linear concave utilities.

Setting

There are nnn scenarios ω1,…,ωn\omega_1,\dots,\omega_nω1​,…,ωn​ with probabilities pj≥0p_j \ge 0pj​≥0, ∑jpj=1\sum_j p_j = 1∑j​pj​=1, and mmm benchmark constraints, indexed by i∈I={1,…,m}i \in I = \{1,\dots,m\}i∈I={1,…,m}; J={1,…,n}J = \{1,\dots,n\}J={1,…,n}. A decision zzz ranges over a convex set Z⊆RNZ \subseteq \mathbb R^NZ⊆RN. For each scenario jjj, hj:RN→Rh_j:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rhj​:RN→R is the objective contribution and gij:RN→Rg_{ij}:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rgij​:RN→R the iiith outcome, all concave. The benchmark YiY_iYi​ has realizations yijy_{ij}yij​. Write (t)+=max⁡(t,0)(t)_+=\max(t,0)(t)+​=max(t,0).

The second-order dominance of a finitely distributed XiX_iXi​ (realizations xijx_{ij}xij​) over YiY_iYi​ on an interval [ai,bi][a_i,b_i][ai​,bi​] reads

∑jpj(η−xij)+≤∑jpj(η−yij)+for all η∈[ai,bi].(36)\sum_{j} p_j(\eta - x_{ij})_+ \le \sum_j p_j(\eta-y_{ij})_+ \quad\text{for all } \eta\in[a_i,b_i]. \tag{36}j∑​pj​(η−xij​)+​≤j∑​pj​(η−yij​)+​for all η∈[ai​,bi​].(36)

The split-variable problem (38)–(41) is

max⁡∑j=1npjhj(z)s.t.∑jpj(yik−xij)+≤∑jpj(yik−yij)+,xik≤gik(z),z∈Z,\max \sum_{j=1}^n p_j h_j(z)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \sum_{j} p_j(y_{ik}-x_{ij})_+ \le \sum_j p_j(y_{ik}-y_{ij})_+,\quad x_{ik}\le g_{ik}(z),\quad z\in Z,maxj=1∑n​pj​hj​(z)s.t.j∑​pj​(yik​−xij​)+​≤j∑​pj​(yik​−yij​)+​,xik​≤gik​(z),z∈Z,

for all i∈Ii\in Ii∈I, k∈Jk\in Jk∈J, over zzz and X=(xij)∈RmnX=(x_{ij})\in\mathbb R^{mn}X=(xij​)∈Rmn. The Slater condition asks for z~∈relint⁡Z\tilde z \in \operatorname{relint} Zz~∈relintZ and X~\tilde XX~ satisfying the dominance constraints (39) with x~ik<gik(z~)\tilde x_{ik} < g_{ik}(\tilde z)x~ik​<gik​(z~) for all i,ki,ki,k.

The utility set ViV_iVi​ consists of the functions u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R that are concave, nondecreasing, piecewise linear with break points only at the yiky_{ik}yik​, and zero on [max⁡kyik,∞)[\max_k y_{ik},\infty)[maxk​yik​,∞). With θij≥0\theta_{ij}\ge 0θij​≥0 multipliers for the splitting constraints xij≤gij(z)x_{ij}\le g_{ij}(z)xij​≤gij​(z), the Lagrangian is

L(z,X,u,θ)=∑j=1npj[hj(z)+∑i=1mθijgij(z)]+∑i=1m∑j=1npj[ui(xij)−ui(yij)−θijxij].(42)L(z,X,u,\theta) = \sum_{j=1}^n p_j\Big[h_j(z)+\sum_{i=1}^m\theta_{ij}g_{ij}(z)\Big]+\sum_{i=1}^m\sum_{j=1}^n p_j\big[u_i(x_{ij})-u_i(y_{ij})-\theta_{ij}x_{ij}\big]. \tag{42}L(z,X,u,θ)=j=1∑n​pj​[hj​(z)+i=1∑m​θij​gij​(z)]+i=1∑m​j=1∑n​pj​[ui​(xij​)−ui​(yij​)−θij​xij​].(42)

Multipliers μik\mu_{ik}μik​ of the inequalities (39) generate the utility ui(t)=−∑kμik(yik−t)+u_i(t)=-\sum_k\mu_{ik}(y_{ik}-t)_+ui​(t)=−∑k​μik​(yik​−t)+​ (46). The dual functional is D(u,θ)=sup⁡z∈Z, XL(z,X,u,θ)D(u,\theta)=\sup_{z\in Z,\,X}L(z,X,u,\theta)D(u,θ)=supz∈Z,X​L(z,X,u,θ) (47).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

Under the Slater condition, (z^,X^)(\hat z,\hat X)(z^,X^) optimal for (38)–(41) implies that there are u^i∈Vi\hat u_i\in V_iu^i​∈Vi​ and θ^≥0\hat\theta\ge 0θ^≥0 with

L(z^,X^,u^,θ^)=max⁡(z,X)∈Z×RmnL(z,X,u^,θ^),∑jpj[u^i(x^ij)−u^i(yij)]=0,θ^ij(x^ij−gij(z^))=0;L(\hat z,\hat X,\hat u,\hat\theta)=\max_{(z,X)\in Z\times\mathbb R^{mn}}L(z,X,\hat u,\hat\theta),\qquad \sum_j p_j[\hat u_i(\hat x_{ij})-\hat u_i(y_{ij})]=0,\qquad \hat\theta_{ij}(\hat x_{ij}-g_{ij}(\hat z))=0;L(z^,X^,u^,θ^)=(z,X)∈Z×Rmnmax​L(z,X,u^,θ^),j∑​pj​[u^i​(x^ij​)−u^i​(yij​)]=0,θ^ij​(x^ij​−gij​(z^))=0;

conversely, these conditions together with feasibility imply optimality.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 15): if ai≤yij≤bia_i\le y_{ij}\le b_iai​≤yij​≤bi​, then (36) is equivalent to the mnmnmn inequalities (37) at the realizations η=yik\eta=y_{ik}η=yik​, and also to (36) on the whole line.
  2. Eq. (46) (p. 17): for any μ\muμ, the standard Lagrangian Λ(z,X,μ,θ)\Lambda(z,X,\mu,\theta)Λ(z,X,μ,θ) equals L(z,X,u,θ)L(z,X,u,\theta)L(z,X,u,θ) with uuu given by (46).
  3. p. 18: for μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, the utility (46) lies in ViV_iVi​.
  4. pp. 16–17: under Slater, an optimal solution admits Kuhn–Tucker multipliers μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0 for (38)–(41) with complementarity.
  5. p. 18: every v∈Viv\in V_iv∈Vi​ is of the form (46) with μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0.
  6. Theorem 7 (p. 18), after the goal: the dual problem min⁡{D(u,θ):u∈V1×⋯×Vm, θ≥0}\min\{D(u,\theta): u\in V_1\times\dots\times V_m,\ \theta\ge0\}min{D(u,θ):u∈V1​×⋯×Vm​, θ≥0} has a solution and no duality gap.

Significance

Theorem 6 says that, for finitely many scenarios, the infinite-dimensional multiplier of the general theory (a concave utility in a cone of functions, Theorem 2 of the paper) can always be taken piecewise linear with kinks exactly at the benchmark's realizations. The multiplier space becomes finite-dimensional, ViV_iVi​ is a polyhedral cone, and the dual problem of Theorem 7 is a finite-dimensional convex program. The paper's decomposition (49)–(51) of the dual functional and its numerical method in §6 rest on this. Lemma 2 is the standard reduction that makes dominance against a finitely distributed benchmark a finite set of polyhedral constraints, used throughout the later literature on dominance-constrained portfolio optimization.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized. The mission produces machine-checked statements of the finite-scenario theory, a Lean model of the utility set ViV_iVi​ and of the correspondence between nonnegative multipliers and piecewise-linear utilities, and a Kuhn–Tucker theorem for concave programs with polyhedral constraints and a relative-interior Slater point.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 6 is to invoke a Kuhn–Tucker theorem. The available formal versions require every inequality constraint to hold strictly at the Slater point and range over all of RN\mathbb R^NRN. Neither fits: the dominance constraint at the smallest realization yi,[1]y_{i,[1]}yi,[1]​ has right-hand side 000 and a nonnegative left-hand side, so it can never hold strictly, and ZZZ may be lower-dimensional (a simplex), so only its relative interior is available. The polyhedral structure of (39) must be used, as in Rockafellar's Theorem 28.2. The second obstacle is the converse direction of the multiplier–utility correspondence: a utility in ViV_iVi​ must be written as a nonnegative combination of the kinks (yik−t)+(y_{ik}-t)_+(yik​−t)+​, which requires handling repeated realizations and the one-sided slopes at each break point.

Formalization scope

  • RN\mathbb R^NRN is Fin N → ℝ; XXX, θ\thetaθ, μ\muμ are Fin m → Fin n → ℝ; expectations are finite sums and positive parts are max t 0. No measure theory is used.
  • Probabilities satisfy pj≥0p_j\ge0pj​≥0, ∑jpj=1\sum_jp_j=1∑j​pj​=1; pj=0p_j=0pj​=0 is allowed, as on the page.
  • Standing assumptions of p. 2 are explicit hypotheses: ZZZ convex and hjh_jhj​, gijg_{ij}gij​ concave on RN\mathbb R^NRN. Continuity is not stated, since finite concave functions on RN\mathbb R^NRN are continuous.
  • The relative interior is intrinsicInterior ℝ Z, not the topological interior. In the Slater condition only the splitting constraints are strict; the dominance constraints hold non-strictly.
  • ViV_iVi​ is defined by concavity, monotonicity, affinity on every interval whose interior contains no yiky_{ik}yik​, and u=0u=0u=0 on [max⁡kyik,∞)[\max_ky_{ik},\infty)[maxk​yik​,∞). This last clause is the page's u(yi,[n])=0u(y_{i,[n]})=0u(yi,[n]​)=0 combined with Vi⊂U1([ai,bi])V_i\subset\mathcal U_1([a_i,b_i])Vi​⊂U1​([ai​,bi​]). No positive slope is required, because the printed "c>0c>0c>0" in U1\mathcal U_1U1​ is a misprint for c≥0c\ge0c≥0.
  • "max" in (43) is an attained maximum over all of Z×RmnZ\times\mathbb R^{mn}Z×Rmn, with no constraints on XXX. The dual functional (47) is an EReal supremum.
  • Theorem 6 keeps the Slater condition as a hypothesis of the whole statement, as printed, although its converse part does not use it.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out. ViV_iVi​ is not defined as the set of functions of the form (46), which would make milestones 3 and 5 true by definition. Slater does not require strict dominance constraints, which would make it unsatisfiable. A sorry-free check confirms that the goal's hypotheses hold on an instance (n=2n=2n=2, Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1]).
  • Reusable beyond this mission: the Kuhn–Tucker theorem with polyhedral constraints and relative-interior Slater point (milestone 4), and Lemma 2. Proofs of any item, and alternative proofs of the goal that avoid milestone 4, are welcome.
  • The pure-dominance case is the earlier paper of Dentcheva–Ruszczyński (2003). The function F2F_2F2​ and its expected-shortfall form are due to Ogryczak–Ruszczyński. The general Lagrange duality on the platform (ConvexOptimization.slater_strong_duality, Boyd–Vandenberghe §5.3.2) assumes a strict Slater point for every constraint and no set constraint, so it does not cover milestone 4.

Selected references

  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints, Math. Program., 2004 (cited here from the authors' revised manuscript, April 2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0453-z
  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 14 (2003) 548–566. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623402420528
  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean-risk models, SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 60–78. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970, §28. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Precedence-Constrained Scheduling Problems on Parallel Machines That Run at Different Speeds: A min{K + 2√K + 1, 1.89 log m + O(√log m)}-Approximation for Q|prec|CmaxResearch Paper

Scheduling precedence-constrained jobs on machines of different speeds

Graham (1966) showed that list scheduling finds a schedule within a factor 222 of optimal for precedence-constrained jobs on identical parallel machines, the first performance guarantee for an approximation algorithm. When the machines run at different speeds (uniformly related machines), the same analysis breaks down, and for two decades the problem Q∣prec∣Cmax⁡Q|prec|C_{\max}Q∣prec∣Cmax​ resisted a guarantee independent of the speeds better than O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​).

Timeline:

  • 1974, Liu and Liu: list scheduling on machines of different speeds, with a guarantee that depends on the speeds and can be arbitrarily large even for a fixed number of machines.
  • 1980, Jaffe: list scheduling on the machines whose speed is within a factor m\sqrt mm​ of the fastest gives an O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​)-approximation.
  • 1978, Lenstra and Rinnooy Kan: with precedence constraints, no ρ\rhoρ-approximation with ρ<4/3\rho < 4/3ρ<4/3 exists unless P = NP. This bound already holds for identical machines.
  • 1997–1999, Chudak and Shmoys: an LP-guided variant of list scheduling achieves O(log⁡m)O(\log m)O(logm), and K+2K+1K + 2\sqrt K + 1K+2K​+1 when there are only KKK distinct speeds (J. Algorithms 30 (1999) 323–343; conference version SODA 1997).

The mission formalizes the makespan half of that paper, up to its Theorem 3.7.

Setting

An instance has nnn jobs and m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 machines. Job jjj requires pj>0p_j > 0pj​>0 units of processing, and machine iii runs at speed si>0s_i > 0si​>0, so job jjj takes pj/sip_j/s_ipj​/si​ time units on machine iii. A strict partial order ≺\prec≺ on the jobs gives precedence constraints: j≺kj \prec kj≺k means that job kkk may not start until job jjj has completed.

A schedule runs each job jjj without interruption on one machine μ(j)\mu(j)μ(j), from a start time Sj≥0S_j \ge 0Sj​≥0 to its completion time Cj=Sj+pj/sμ(j)C_j = S_j + p_j/s_{\mu(j)}Cj​=Sj​+pj​/sμ(j)​. A machine processes at most one job at a time, and j≺kj \prec kj≺k forces Cj≤SkC_j \le S_kCj​≤Sk​. Its length is Cmax⁡=max⁡jCjC_{\max} = \max_j C_jCmax​=maxj​Cj​. Cmax⁡∗C^*_{\max}Cmax∗​ is the length of an optimal schedule.

Let sˉ1>sˉ2>⋯>sˉK\bar s_1 > \bar s_2 > \cdots > \bar s_Ksˉ1​>sˉ2​>⋯>sˉK​ be the distinct speeds and mkm_kmk​ the number of machines of speed sˉk\bar s_ksˉk​. An assignment k(j)k(j)k(j) names the speed class at which job jjj is to run. Its loads are Dk=1mk∑j:k(j)=kpj/sˉkD_k = \frac{1}{m_k}\sum_{j:k(j)=k} p_j/\bar s_kDk​=mk​1​∑j:k(j)=k​pj​/sˉk​, and its chain bound CCC is the largest value of ∑j∈Cpj/sˉk(j)\sum_{j\in\mathcal C} p_j/\bar s_{k(j)}∑j∈C​pj​/sˉk(j)​ over chains C\mathcal CC of ≺\prec≺. Speed-based list scheduling is Graham's rule restricted by the assignment: whenever a machine of speed sˉk\bar s_ksˉk​ is idle, it starts the first available job jjj on the list with k(j)=kk(j) = kk(j)=k.

The linear program LP has variables xkj≥0x_{kj} \ge 0xkj​≥0, CjC_jCj​ and DDD. It minimizes DDD subject to the following constraints:

  • ∑kxkj=1\sum_k x_{kj} = 1∑k​xkj​=1;
  • 1mksˉk∑jpjxkj≤D\frac{1}{m_k\bar s_k}\sum_j p_j x_{kj} \le Dmk​sˉk​1​∑j​pj​xkj​≤D;
  • ∑k(pj/sˉk)xkj≤Cj\sum_k (p_j/\bar s_k)x_{kj} \le C_j∑k​(pj​/sˉk​)xkj​≤Cj​, and ∑k(pj/sˉk)xkj≤Cj−Cj′\sum_k (p_j/\bar s_k)x_{kj} \le C_j - C_{j'}∑k​(pj​/sˉk​)xkj​≤Cj​−Cj′​ whenever j′≺jj' \prec jj′≺j;
  • Cj≤DC_j \le DCj​≤D.

From a solution, with pˉj=∑k(pj/sˉk)xkj\bar p_j = \sum_k (p_j/\bar s_k)x_{kj}pˉ​j​=∑k​(pj​/sˉk​)xkj​, the assignment algorithm gives each job jjj the speed class k∉Bj={k:pj/sˉk>γpˉj}k \notin B_j = \{k : p_j/\bar s_k > \gamma\bar p_j\}k∈/Bj​={k:pj​/sˉk​>γpˉ​j​} of largest capacity sˉkmk\bar s_k m_ksˉk​mk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.7 (p. 10)

There is an absolute constant ccc such that for every instance with m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 machines and KKK distinct speeds, the better of the two schedules below has length at most

min⁡{K+2K+1, 1.89log⁡2m+clog⁡2m}⋅Cmax⁡∗.\min\bigl\{K + 2\sqrt K + 1,\ 1.89\log_2 m + c\sqrt{\log_2 m}\bigr\}\cdot C^*_{\max}.min{K+2K​+1, 1.89log2​m+clog2​m​}⋅Cmax∗​.
  • (A) An optimal LP solution, the assignment algorithm with γ=K+1\gamma = \sqrt K + 1γ=K​+1, and speed-based list scheduling.
  • (B) The same algorithm run on speeds rounded down to powers of eee, with machines slower than sˉ1/(mlog⁡2m)\bar s_1/(m\log_2 m)sˉ1​/(mlog2​m) dropped, and read back on the original machines.

Milestones, in proof order

  • Existence of speed-based list schedules (p. 4).
  • Theorem 2.1: Cmax⁡≤C+∑kDkC_{\max} \le C + \sum_k D_kCmax​≤C+∑k​Dk​.
  • The LP lower bound Dˉ≤Cmax⁡∗\bar D \le C^*_{\max}Dˉ≤Cmax∗​ (p. 6).
  • Lemmas 3.1–3.4: chain bounds 2Dˉ2\bar D2Dˉ and (K+1)Dˉ(\sqrt K + 1)\bar D(K​+1)Dˉ, and load bounds 2KDˉ2K\bar D2KDˉ and (K+K)Dˉ(K + \sqrt K)\bar D(K+K​)Dˉ.
  • Theorem 3.5 and Corollary 3.6: the factor K+2K+1K + 2\sqrt K + 1K+2K​+1 against Cmax⁡∗C^*_{\max}Cmax∗​ and against Dˉ\bar DDˉ.
  • Rounded schedules serve the original instance (p. 9).
  • The speed rounding: at most ⌊log⁡β(αm)⌋+1\lfloor\log_\beta(\alpha m)\rfloor + 1⌊logβ​(αm)⌋+1 speeds, and the LP value grows by a factor of at most β(1+1/α)\beta(1 + 1/\alpha)β(1+1/α) (p. 10).
  • The "In fact" form of the guarantee, relative to any feasible LP solution (p. 10).

Significance

The result gives the first O(log⁡m)O(\log m)O(logm) guarantee for Q∣prec∣Cmax⁡Q|prec|C_{\max}Q∣prec∣Cmax​, independent of the speeds, and a guarantee depending only on the number of distinct speeds. Through the batching technique of Shmoys, Wein and Williamson it extends to release dates (Corollary 3.8). Since LP also relaxes the preemptive problem, it gives an O(log⁡m)O(\log m)O(logm) bound on the ratio between the nonpreemptive and preemptive optima (Corollaries 3.9, 3.10). The "In fact" form, relative to an arbitrary feasible LP solution, drives the paper's ∑wjCj\sum w_jC_j∑wj​Cj​ algorithm in §4.

The result is proved in the literature but, as far as is known, not formalized. A formal proof requires machine-checking the following:

  • the continuous-time list-scheduling argument for different speeds;
  • the filtering argument of Lin and Vitter;
  • the reduction to logarithmically many speeds, including the off-by-one count of rounded speeds that the page leaves implicit.

Later work gave a combinatorial O(log⁡m)O(\log m)O(logm)-approximation (Chekuri and Bender, 2001) and an O(log⁡m/log⁡log⁡m)O(\log m/\log\log m)O(logm/loglogm)-approximation (Li, 2017). These are not part of this mission.

Difficulty

Graham's argument has two lower bounds:

  1. the total processing along a chain;
  2. the time during which every machine is busy.

With different speeds, the first bound fails: a chain may have been run on slow machines, and its length then says nothing about Cmax⁡∗C^*_{\max}Cmax∗​. Forcing every job onto a fast machine repairs chains but can leave most machines idle, so the second bound fails. The paper only guarantees that all machines of one speed are busy at each moment of an idle period. Making this pay off requires an assignment that controls chain lengths and per-class loads simultaneously. That assignment is the delicate part: Theorem 2.1 is the bookkeeping, while Lemmas 3.2 and 3.4 rely on the LP. Two of the formal steps are routine on paper but fiddly in Lean: time-interval accounting over a continuous-time schedule, and the counting of rounded speed classes.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Jobs are Fin n and machines Fin m with m≥1m \ge 1m≥1. pj>0p_j > 0pj​>0 and si>0s_i > 0si​>0. ≺\prec≺ is a strict partial order, and a chain is a finite set of pairwise comparable jobs. Cmax⁡C_{\max}Cmax​ is the maximum completion time, or 000 with no jobs.
  • Speed classes. The classes are computed from the speeds, so mk≥1m_k \ge 1mk​≥1 and sˉk>0\bar s_k > 0sˉk​>0 by construction. The Lean index 000 is the paper's fastest class sˉ1\bar s_1sˉ1​.
  • The algorithm as predicates. Speed-based list scheduling is the predicate the proof of Theorem 2.1 uses: jobs run at their assigned speed, and no machine of a job's speed idles while that job is available and unstarted. Every list order and every order of idle machines satisfies it. The assignment algorithm is a predicate allowing every maximizer, since the page does not break ties. Theorems 3.5 and 3.7 quantify over all optimal LP solutions, all such assignments and all such schedules. Existence is supplied by the milestones.
  • Comparator. The bound is stated against every feasible schedule of the same instance, never against the LP value or a best schedule of the rounded instance. A statement asserting only that some good schedule exists would be trivially true (the optimum witnesses it); the goal bounds the schedule the algorithm returns.
  • Constants and logarithms. log⁡m\log mlogm is log⁡2m\log_2 mlog2​m, as the paper specifies. m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 is assumed in Theorem 3.7 and in the "In fact" remark, which are asymptotic in mmm. The O(log⁡m)O(\sqrt{\log m})O(logm​) term is one absolute constant ccc, quantified before the instance, and 1.891.891.89 is the page's number.
  • Generalizations and corrections. Lemmas 3.1–3.4 are stated for every feasible LP solution, since their proofs use only feasibility. The speed rounding is relative to sˉ1\bar s_1sˉ1​, with no normalization. The count of rounded speeds is ⌊log⁡β(αm)⌋+1\lfloor\log_\beta(\alpha m)\rfloor + 1⌊logβ​(αm)⌋+1; the page writes log⁡β(αm)\log_\beta(\alpha m)logβ​(αm).
  • Not formalized. Polynomial running time is not formalized.
  • Out of scope. Corollaries 3.8–3.10, Theorem 3.11 and §4 are excluded.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome. Reusable beyond this mission are the following: the model of nonpreemptive schedules on uniformly related machines with precedence, the speed-based list-scheduling predicate with Theorem 2.1, and the LP.

Selected references

  • F. A. Chudak and D. B. Shmoys, Approximation algorithms for precedence-constrained scheduling problems on parallel machines that run at different speeds, J. Algorithms 30 (1999) 323–343 (authors' manuscript used here). https://doi.org/10.1006/jagm.1998.0987
  • R. L. Graham, Bounds for certain multiprocessing anomalies, Bell System Technical Journal 45 (1966) 1563–1581. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1538-7305.1966.tb01709.x
  • J. M. Jaffe, Efficient scheduling of tasks without full use of processor resources, Theoretical Computer Science 12 (1980) 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-3975(80)90002-4
  • J.-H. Lin and J. S. Vitter, ε-approximations with minimum packing constraint violation, STOC 1992, 771–782. https://doi.org/10.1145/129712.129787
  • D. B. Shmoys, J. Wein and D. P. Williamson, Scheduling parallel machines on-line, SIAM J. Computing 24 (1995) 1313–1331. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539793248317
  • C. Chekuri and M. A. Bender, An efficient approximation algorithm for minimizing makespan on uniformly related machines, J. Algorithms 41 (2001) 212–224. https://doi.org/10.1006/jagm.2001.1184
  • S. Li, Scheduling to minimize total weighted completion time via time-indexed linear programming relaxations, SIAM J. Computing 46 (2017) 409–440. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1053163
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Purchasing, Pricing, and Quick Response in the Presence of Strategic Consumers: Under Condition (6), Quick Response Is More Valuable with Strategic Consumers than with Only Myopic OnesResearch Paper

Motivation

Fashion and consumer-electronics retailers sell a product at full price early in a season and mark down what is left. Consumers learn the pattern, and some of them wait for the markdown. Such strategic consumers lower the revenue of the full-price period, and the retailer's stocking decision affects how deep the markdown is expected to be. Quick response — a second, more expensive replenishment placed after demand is observed — is usually valued as a way to match supply with exogenous demand (Fisher and Raman 1996; Cachon and Terwiesch, Matching Supply with Demand, 2005). Cachon and Swinney ask how strategic waiting changes that value.

The source is the authors' working paper of April 2007, revised November 25, 2007, not the 2009 Management Science version, whose numbering and wording may differ. Its answer: with strategic consumers the retailer stocks less (Theorem 1), and under an explicit cost condition, quick response is worth more to a retailer facing strategic consumers than to one facing only myopic consumers (Theorem 3).

Setting

A retailer sells over two periods. It sells at the exogenous full price ppp in period 1 and at a markdown price s∈[0,p]s\in[0,p]s∈[0,p] chosen at the start of period 2. Leftover units are worth 000. First-period demand D≥0D\ge0D≥0 has density fff and distribution function FFF, and fff satisfies the monotone scaled likelihood ratio (MSLR) property: for every λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1], x↦f(λx)/f(x)x\mapsto f(\lambda x)/f(x)x↦f(λx)/f(x) is monotonic on the support of fff.

The market has three segments:

  • myopic consumers, (1−α)D(1-\alpha)D(1−α)D of them, with value vMv_MvM​, who only buy in period 1;
  • strategic consumers, αD\alpha DαD of them, with value vMv_MvM​ in period 1 and second-period values uniform on [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ];
  • an unlimited pool of bargain hunters with value vBv_BvB​, who only buy on sale.

The standing assumptions are vˉ≤p\bar v\le pvˉ≤p and v‾≥vM−p+vB\underline v\ge v_M-p+v_Bv​≥vM​−p+vB​. Let Gˉ(s)\bar G(s)Gˉ(s) be the fraction of strategic values above sss.

By a threshold argument (Lemma 1), strategic consumers with value below some v^\hat vv^ buy at ppp and the rest wait. A fraction ξ=1−Gˉ(v^)α\xi=1-\bar G(\hat v)\alphaξ=1−Gˉ(v^)α of demand then buys in period 1, and the inventory left for period 2 is I=(q−ξD)+I=(q-\xi D)^+I=(q−ξD)+. The period-2 revenue R(s,I)R(s,I)R(s,I) counts the waiting strategic consumers with value at least sss and, if s≤vBs\le v_Bs≤vB​, the bargain hunters, up to the inventory III. The retailer's expected profit at unit cost ccc is

π(q,v^)=E[pmin⁡(q,ξD)−cq+sup⁡0≤s≤pR(s,I)].\pi(q,\hat v)=\mathbb E\Big[p\min(q,\xi D)-cq+\sup_{0\le s\le p}R(s,I)\Big].π(q,v^)=E[pmin(q,ξD)−cq+0≤s≤psup​R(s,I)].

With quick response, units ordered before the season cost c1c_1c1​ and units ordered after observing DDD cost c2c_2c2​, with c1≤c2≤pc_1\le c_2\le pc1​≤c2​≤p. The second order covers all first-period demand and may add stock for the sale. The resulting profit is πr(q,v^)\pi_r(q,\hat v)πr​(q,v^).

In the sale period, waiting strategic consumers are rationed: they effectively face the inventory θI\theta IθI, where θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] measures their place in the queue. A strategic consumer with value v^\hat vv^ who waits gains, in expectation,

ψ(v^)=(v^−vB)Pr⁡(D<Dl and a unit is received),\psi(\hat v)=(\hat v-v_B)\Pr(D<D_l\text{ and a unit is received}),ψ(v^)=(v^−vB​)Pr(D<Dl​ and a unit is received),

where DlD_lDl​ is the demand level below which the retailer clears stock at sl=vBs_l=v_Bsl​=vB​. A rational expectations equilibrium (q∗,v∗)(q^*,v^*)(q∗,v∗) is a pair in which q∗q^*q∗ maximizes π(⋅,v∗)\pi(\cdot,v^*)π(⋅,v∗) and v∗v^*v∗ is a best response of consumers who correctly expect q∗q^*q∗. The superscript mmm denotes the benchmark with only myopic consumers (α=0\alpha=0α=0): πm\pi^mπm and πrm\pi^m_rπrm​ are the optimal myopic profits without and with quick response.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

Assume MSLR and no rationing, 0<α≤10<\alpha\le10<α≤1, vB<c1<pv_B<c_1<pvB​<c1​<p, c1≤c2≤pc_1\le c_2\le pc1​≤c2​≤p, and condition (6):

vM−pvˉ−vB ≥ c2−c1c2−vB.\frac{v_M-p}{\bar v-v_B}\ \ge\ \frac{c_2-c_1}{c_2-v_B}.vˉ−vB​vM​−p​ ≥ c2​−vB​c2​−c1​​.

Let (q∗,v∗)(q^*,v^*)(q∗,v∗) be any equilibrium without quick response, (qr∗,vr∗)(q_r^*,v_r^*)(qr∗​,vr∗​) any equilibrium with it, and πm\pi^mπm, πrm\pi_r^mπrm​ the myopic optima. Then

πr(qr∗,vr∗)−π(q∗,v∗) ≥ πrm−πm.\pi_r(q_r^*,v_r^*)-\pi(q^*,v^*)\ \ge\ \pi_r^m-\pi^m .πr​(qr∗​,vr∗​)−π(q∗,v∗) ≥ πrm​−πm.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's path:

  • the threshold structure (Lemma 1);
  • the optimal sale price (Lemma 2) and quasi-concavity of π\piπ with first-order condition (2) (Lemma 3);
  • the fill probability and the limits of the best response (Lemma 4);
  • existence and the comparison q∗≤qmq^*\le q^mq∗≤qm, π∗≤πm\pi^*\le\pi^mπ∗≤πm (Theorem 1), with the myopic newsvendor F(qm)=(p−c)/(p−vB)F(q^m)=(p-c)/(p-v_B)F(qm)=(p−c)/(p−vB​);
  • the quick-response analogues (Lemma 5, Theorem 2 (i)), with the myopic fractile F(qrm)=(c2−c1)/(c2−vB)F(q^m_r)=(c_2-c_1)/(c_2-v_B)F(qrm​)=(c2​−c1​)/(c2​−vB​);
  • the statement that under (6) every equilibrium with quick response has vr∗=vˉv^*_r=\bar vvr∗​=vˉ (Theorem 2, last sentence).

Corollary 1 is the percentage form, Δ/π∗≥Δm/πm\Delta/\pi^*\ge\Delta_m/\pi^mΔ/π∗≥Δm​/πm.

Significance

Theorem 3 identifies a second channel through which quick response creates value. Beyond matching supply to demand, it lets the retailer keep its initial stock low enough that a deep markdown becomes unlikely, so strategic consumers buy at full price. Under (6), all of them do. Quick response thus reduces strategic waiting without withholding availability, unlike the inventory-signalling remedies in the literature, and the theorem quantifies when this effect dominates.

The results are proved in the working paper, partly in a technical appendix. No machine-checked version of them, or of the underlying markdown game, is known. A formalization pins down several statements that the paper states loosely:

  • the uniqueness claims of Lemmas 2 and 5;
  • the case condition of Lemma 4 (i), which is false as printed;
  • the sign in display (5);
  • the boundary cases of the threshold lemma.

It also produces reusable components: the newsvendor with salvage and the reactive-capacity fractile under a general density, and a rational-expectations equilibrium predicate for a retailer–consumer game.

Difficulty

The profit π(⋅,v^)\pi(\cdot,\hat v)π(⋅,v^) is not concave: with strategic consumers it is concave–convex (Figure 4 of the paper). The newsvendor argument therefore does not give a unique optimal order, and Lemma 3's quasi-concavity rests on MSLR in a short appendix step.

Existence (Theorem 1) needs a fixed point of the map q↦q\mapstoq↦ best response, but the consumer best response is a correspondence, not a function, so the printed intermediate-value argument does not apply directly. Theorem 3 needs a statement about every equilibrium with quick response, while Theorem 2's proof only exhibits one. Ruling out an equilibrium with vr∗<vˉv_r^*<\bar vvr∗​<vˉ requires comparing the derivative (4) of πr\pi_rπr​ with the myopic derivative along the whole demand distribution.

Formalization scope

Lean represents prices, quantities and valuations as reals, demand by a density f:R→Rf:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rf:R→R on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and expectations as Lebesgue integrals against fff. The model carries the standing assumptions of §3 as fields, plus the following additions and corrections, each disclosed in the item notes:

  • vB>0v_B>0vB​>0: DlD_lDl​ divides by sl=vBs_l=v_Bsl​=vB​.
  • p<vMp<v_Mp<vM​, strengthening vM≥pv_M\ge pvM​≥p: Lemma 4 (ii) and Theorem 2's last claim need it.
  • A finite mean: πr\pi_rπr​ contains E[pξD]\mathbb E[p\xi D]E[pξD].
  • The paper's "θc≤θ\theta_c\le\thetaθc​≤θ" (p. 15) is replaced by the no-rationing condition slGˉ(v^)≤θsmGˉ(sm)s_l\bar G(\hat v)\le\theta s_m\bar G(s_m)sl​Gˉ(v^)≤θsm​Gˉ(sm​) for every belief, which is exactly Dl≤DθD_l\le D_\thetaDl​≤Dθ​. The printed condition agrees with it only when sm=v^s_m=\hat vsm​=v^.
  • Lemma 4 (i) is stated with the corrected case split.
  • Lemmas 2 and 5 claim uniqueness only off the tie points.
  • c<pc<pc<p is the reading of the "p−c>0p-c>0p−c>0" step in the proof of Theorem 1.
  • In the quick-response profit, ξD\xi DξD replaces the DDD that the proof of Theorem 2 prints.

Optimal revenues are suprema over all prices s∈[0,p]s\in[0,p]s∈[0,p] (and q2≥0q_2\ge0q2​≥0 with quick response). "Optimal order" means a maximizer over all q≥0q\ge0q≥0, never a stationary point, and the myopic benchmarks are the same functions at α=0\alpha=0α=0. Defining the optimal revenue by Lemma 2's closed form would make Lemma 2 and the first-order conditions definitional; it is not done.

The fill rate is min⁡{(1−ξ)x,θI}/((1−ξ)x)\min\{(1-\xi)x,\theta I\}/((1-\xi)x)min{(1−ξ)x,θI}/((1−ξ)x), set to 111 when no strategic consumer waits. With Lean's 0/0=00/0=00/0=0 instead, vˉ\bar vvˉ would be a best response to every order and Theorem 2's last claim would be trivial.

A complete development needs:

  • differentiation under the integral for piecewise-smooth integrands;
  • quasi-concavity from a single-crossing derivative;
  • a fixed-point argument for the equilibrium correspondence;
  • the newsvendor and reactive-capacity fractiles.

The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, alternative existence arguments, and sorry-free proofs of the newsvendor items are welcome. The comparison "qr∗≤q∗q_r^*\le q^*qr∗​≤q∗, πr∗≥π∗\pi_r^*\ge\pi^*πr∗​≥π∗" of Theorem 2 and §8's numerical study are outside the scope.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, R. Swinney, Purchasing, Pricing, and Quick Response in the Presence of Strategic Consumers, working paper, revised November 25, 2007; published in Management Science 55(3), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1080.0948
  • M. L. Fisher, A. Raman, Reducing the Cost of Demand Uncertainty Through Accurate Response to Early Sales, Operations Research 44(1), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.44.1.87
  • J. F. Muth, Rational Expectations and the Theory of Price Movements, Econometrica 29(3), 1961. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909635
19 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity XIII: Newton's Method Converges Quadratically, ‖x_{k+1} − x*‖ ≤ (M/μ)‖x_k − x*‖², from ‖x₀ − x*‖ ≤ μ/(2M)Textbook

Motivation

Newton's method is the basic second-order method of continuous optimization: at the current point it replaces the objective by its second-order Taylor model and jumps to the stationary point of that model. Its defining property is speed near a nondegenerate minimum, where the error is squared at every step, so that the number of correct digits roughly doubles per iteration. This local behaviour is what makes Newton's method the inner engine of interior point methods, the polynomial-time algorithms for linear, conic and general convex programming (Nesterov and Nemirovski, 1994). In S. Bubeck's monograph Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2015; arXiv:1405.4980v2), §5.3.2 recalls the traditional local analysis of Newton's method, Theorem 5.3, before turning to the affine-invariant self-concordance analysis used for interior point methods. This mission formalizes that theorem and the four steps of its proof.

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and write ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥ for the operator norm of a linear map A:Rn→RnA:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nA:Rn→Rn, so that ∥Ax∥≤∥A∥ ∥x∥\|Ax\|\le\|A\|\,\|x\|∥Ax∥≤∥A∥∥x∥. Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be a C2C^2C2 function, with gradient ∇f(x)∈Rn\nabla f(x)\in\mathbb R^n∇f(x)∈Rn and Hessian ∇2f(x)\nabla^2 f(x)∇2f(x), a linear map Rn→Rn\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nRn→Rn (the derivative of the gradient map). For a real number ccc, A⪰cInA\succeq cI_nA⪰cIn​ means ⟨Av,v⟩≥c∥v∥2\langle Av,v\rangle\ge c\|v\|^2⟨Av,v⟩≥c∥v∥2 for all v∈Rnv\in\mathbb R^nv∈Rn.

The Hessian is MMM-Lipschitz if ∥∇2f(x)−∇2f(y)∥≤M∥x−y∥\|\nabla^2 f(x)-\nabla^2 f(y)\|\le M\|x-y\|∥∇2f(x)−∇2f(y)∥≤M∥x−y∥ for all x,y∈Rnx,y\in\mathbb R^nx,y∈Rn.

Newton's method starts at x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn and iterates, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

xk+1=xk−[∇2f(xk)]−1∇f(xk).x_{k+1}=x_k-[\nabla^2 f(x_k)]^{-1}\nabla f(x_k).xk+1​=xk​−[∇2f(xk​)]−1∇f(xk​).

A point x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimum of fff if f(x∗)≤f(x)f(x^*)\le f(x)f(x∗)≤f(x) for all xxx in a neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗; it has strictly positive Hessian if ∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn\nabla^2 f(x^*)\succeq\mu I_n∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn​ for some μ>0\mu>0μ>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3 (p. 320)

Assume the Hessian of fff is MMM-Lipschitz, M>0M>0M>0, and x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimum with ∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn\nabla^2 f(x^*)\succeq\mu I_n∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn​, μ>0\mu>0μ>0. If ∥x0−x∗∥≤μ/(2M)\|x_0-x^*\|\le\mu/(2M)∥x0​−x∗∥≤μ/(2M), then Newton's method from x0x_0x0​ is well defined (every Hessian along the iterates is invertible, so the sequence exists and is unique) and

∥xk+1−x∗∥≤Mμ ∥xk−x∗∥2(k≥0),xk→x∗.\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|\le\frac M\mu\,\|x_k-x^*\|^2\quad(k\ge0),\qquad x_k\to x^*.∥xk+1​−x∗∥≤μM​∥xk​−x∗∥2(k≥0),xk​→x∗.

Milestones (p. 321, the steps of the proof)

  1. The integral formula ∫01∇2f(x+sh) h ds=∇f(x+h)−∇f(x)\int_0^1\nabla^2 f(x+sh)\,h\,ds=\nabla f(x+h)-\nabla f(x)∫01​∇2f(x+sh)hds=∇f(x+h)−∇f(x).
  2. The error representation of one Newton step, xk+1−x∗=[∇2f(xk)]−1∫01[∇2f(xk)−∇2f(x∗+s(xk−x∗))](xk−x∗) dsx_{k+1}-x^*=[\nabla^2 f(x_k)]^{-1}\int_0^1[\nabla^2 f(x_k)-\nabla^2 f(x^*+s(x_k-x^*))](x_k-x^*)\,dsxk+1​−x∗=[∇2f(xk​)]−1∫01​[∇2f(xk​)−∇2f(x∗+s(xk​−x∗))](xk​−x∗)ds.
  3. The Lipschitz bound ∫01∥∇2f(xk)−∇2f(x∗+s(xk−x∗))∥ ds≤M2∥xk−x∗∥\int_0^1\|\nabla^2 f(x_k)-\nabla^2 f(x^*+s(x_k-x^*))\|\,ds\le\frac M2\|x_k-x^*\|∫01​∥∇2f(xk​)−∇2f(x∗+s(xk​−x∗))∥ds≤2M​∥xk​−x∗∥.
  4. The Hessian lower bound ∇2f(xk)⪰(μ−M∥xk−x∗∥)In⪰μ2In\nabla^2 f(x_k)\succeq(\mu-M\|x_k-x^*\|)I_n\succeq\frac\mu2I_n∇2f(xk​)⪰(μ−M∥xk​−x∗∥)In​⪰2μ​In​ when ∥xk−x∗∥≤μ/(2M)\|x_k-x^*\|\le\mu/(2M)∥xk​−x∗∥≤μ/(2M).

Significance

The theorem gives a quantitative basin of quadratic convergence: an explicit radius μ/(2M)\mu/(2M)μ/(2M), depending only on the curvature at the minimum and the Lipschitz constant of the Hessian, inside which Newton's method needs only O(log⁡log⁡(1/ε))O(\log\log(1/\varepsilon))O(loglog(1/ε)) iterations to reach accuracy ε\varepsilonε. It is the classical statement whose shortcomings (dependence on a choice of norm, constants that change under linear changes of variables) motivate the self-concordance theory of the following subsections, and it is the local convergence result invoked whenever a damped or globalized Newton scheme is shown to enter its quadratic phase.

On the formal side, Mathlib has the calculus this needs (Fréchet derivatives, interval integrals of vector-valued maps, operator norms) but no convergence theorem for multivariate Newton's method for minimization. A formal proof produces reusable pieces: the integral form of the mean value theorem for gradients, the stability of a positive-definite lower bound under Lipschitz perturbations, and an inverse-operator norm bound from a quadratic-form lower bound. The result itself is classical and fully proved in the literature; what is open here is its machine-checked proof in this form.

Difficulty

The individual inequalities are short, but the argument is an induction in which well-definedness and the rate are proved together: the Hessian at xkx_kxk​ is invertible only because xkx_kxk​ is still in the ball of radius μ/(2M)\mu/(2M)μ/(2M), and xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ stays in that ball only because of the rate. A proof that first assumes the sequence exists and then bounds it is circular. The proof also passes between two kinds of control on the Hessian, a lower bound on its quadratic form and an operator-norm bound on its inverse, and the second is only meaningful once invertibility is established. Finally, the integral manipulations need integrability of the maps s↦∇2f(x∗+s(xk−x∗))(xk−x∗)s\mapsto\nabla^2 f(x^*+s(x_k-x^*))(x_k-x^*)s↦∇2f(x∗+s(xk​−x∗))(xk​−x∗), which comes from the continuity of the Hessian.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The gradient and Hessian are explicit maps g:Rn→Rng:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^ng:Rn→Rn and H:Rn→(Rn→LRn)H:\mathbb R^n\to(\mathbb R^n\to_L\mathbb R^n)H:Rn→(Rn→L​Rn) with ContDiff ℝ 2 f, HasGradientAt f (g x) x and HasFDerivAt g (H x) x at every point; the norm on H(x)H(x)H(x) is Mathlib's operator norm, as on the page. A⪰cInA\succeq cI_nA⪰cIn​ is the quadratic-form inequality. A Newton run is a sequence x:N→Rnx:\mathbb N\to\mathbb R^nx:N→Rn indexed from 000 satisfying the linear system ∇2f(xk)(xk−xk+1)=∇f(xk)\nabla^2 f(x_k)(x_k-x_{k+1})=\nabla f(x_k)∇2f(xk​)(xk​−xk+1​)=∇f(xk​); no inverse of a possibly singular operator appears in any hypothesis, and "well defined" is a conclusion: a unique run exists from x0x_0x0​ and every Hessian along it is bijective. The rate and xk→x∗x_k\to x^*xk​→x∗ are asserted for every run. The error representation is stated with both sides multiplied by ∇2f(xk)\nabla^2 f(x_k)∇2f(xk​), which is equivalent to the printed form once the Hessian is invertible. Milestones 3 and 4 use only the Lipschitz property and are stated for any Lipschitz map HHH.

Added hypothesis: M>0M>0M>0 (the radius μ/(2M)\mu/(2M)μ/(2M) divides by MMM; with M=0M=0M=0, Lean's convention μ/0=0\mu/0=0μ/0=0 would collapse the hypothesis to x0=x∗x_0=x^*x0​=x∗). Convexity of fff is not assumed, as on the page; x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimum and ∇f(x∗)=0\nabla f(x^*)=0∇f(x∗)=0 is derived, not assumed. Encoding the Newton step with Lean's inverse (which returns 000 on singular maps), or replacing ∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn\nabla^2 f(x^*)\succeq\mu I_n∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn​ by mere invertibility, would change the theorem and is ruled out.

A complete development needs the fundamental theorem of calculus for C1C^1C1 vector-valued maps along segments, Hessian-based quadratic-form estimates, and operator-norm bounds for inverses; all are reusable for the analysis of damped Newton, cubic regularization and interior point methods. Proofs of the milestones independently of the goal are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. arXiv:1405.4980v2, §5.3.2, Theorem 5.3, pp. 320–321.
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovski, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM Studies in Applied Mathematics 13, 1994. doi:10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004, Theorem 1.2.5. doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity X: Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Descent on a β-Smooth α-Strongly Convex Function Has Rate ((α + β)/2)‖x₁ − x*‖² exp(−(t − 1)/√κ)Textbook

Why accelerated rates matter

First-order methods, which query only function values and gradients, are the workhorse of large-scale optimization in machine learning, signal processing and operations research, because each step costs little more than one gradient evaluation. For a function that is both strongly convex and smooth, plain gradient descent converges geometrically, but the number of steps needed to reach accuracy ε\varepsilonε scales with the condition number κ\kappaκ of the problem. In 1983 Nesterov showed that a gradient method with a carefully chosen momentum term needs a number of steps proportional to κ\sqrt\kappaκ​ instead, and that this is optimal for black-box first-order methods. On ill-conditioned problems, where κ\kappaκ is in the thousands or millions, the difference between κ\kappaκ and κ\sqrt\kappaκ​ is the difference between practical and impractical.

This mission is the tenth of a series formalizing S. Bubeck's monograph Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2015; arXiv:1405.4980v2). It covers §3.7.1, the smooth and strongly convex case of Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent, and its main result, Theorem 3.18.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be differentiable with gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f.

  • fff is β\betaβ-smooth if its gradient is β\betaβ-Lipschitz: ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le\beta\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥ for all x,yx,yx,y.
  • fff is α\alphaα-strongly convex (α>0\alpha>0α>0) if for all x,yx,yx,y
f(y)≥f(x)+∇f(x)⊤(y−x)+α2∥y−x∥2.f(y)\ge f(x)+\nabla f(x)^\top(y-x)+\frac\alpha2\|y-x\|^2 .f(y)≥f(x)+∇f(x)⊤(y−x)+2α​∥y−x∥2.
  • The condition number is κ=β/α\kappa=\beta/\alphaκ=β/α; for n≥1n\ge1n≥1 one always has κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1.
  • x∗x^*x∗ denotes a minimizer of fff on Rn\mathbb R^nRn.

Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent starts at an arbitrary point x1=y1x_1=y_1x1​=y1​ and iterates, for t≥1t\ge1t≥1,

yt+1=xt−1β∇f(xt),xt+1=(1+κ−1κ+1)yt+1−κ−1κ+1 yt.y_{t+1}=x_t-\frac1\beta\nabla f(x_t),\qquad x_{t+1}=\Big(1+\frac{\sqrt\kappa-1}{\sqrt\kappa+1}\Big)y_{t+1}-\frac{\sqrt\kappa-1}{\sqrt\kappa+1}\,y_t .yt+1​=xt​−β1​∇f(xt​),xt+1​=(1+κ​+1κ​−1​)yt+1​−κ​+1κ​−1​yt​.

The point yt+1y_{t+1}yt+1​ is a gradient step from xtx_txt​, and xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ moves beyond yt+1y_{t+1}yt+1​ in the direction yt+1−yty_{t+1}-y_tyt+1​−yt​ by the fixed momentum factor (κ−1)/(κ+1)(\sqrt\kappa-1)/(\sqrt\kappa+1)(κ​−1)/(κ​+1).

The analysis in the book uses auxiliary quadratic functions Φs\Phi_sΦs​ (an estimate sequence), defined from the points xsx_sxs​ by

Φ1(x)=f(x1)+α2∥x−x1∥2,Φs+1(x)=(1−1κ)Φs(x)+1κ(f(xs)+∇f(xs)⊤(x−xs)+α2∥x−xs∥2),\Phi_1(x)=f(x_1)+\frac\alpha2\|x-x_1\|^2,\qquad \Phi_{s+1}(x)=\Big(1-\frac1{\sqrt\kappa}\Big)\Phi_s(x)+\frac1{\sqrt\kappa}\Big(f(x_s)+\nabla f(x_s)^\top(x-x_s)+\frac\alpha2\|x-x_s\|^2\Big),Φ1​(x)=f(x1​)+2α​∥x−x1​∥2,Φs+1​(x)=(1−κ​1​)Φs​(x)+κ​1​(f(xs​)+∇f(xs​)⊤(x−xs​)+2α​∥x−xs​∥2),

together with their centres vsv_svs​ (with v1=x1v_1=x_1v1​=x1​ and the recursion (3.21) of the book) and their minimum values Φs∗\Phi^*_sΦs∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.18

For every run of the method and every t≥1t\ge1t≥1,

f(yt)−f(x∗)≤α+β2 ∥x1−x∗∥2exp⁡(−t−1κ).f(y_t)-f(x^*)\le\frac{\alpha+\beta}2\,\|x_1-x^*\|^2\exp\Big(-\frac{t-1}{\sqrt\kappa}\Big).f(yt​)−f(x∗)≤2α+β​∥x1​−x∗∥2exp(−κ​t−1​).

Milestones, from the book's proof

  1. (3.18): Φs+1(x)≤f(x)+(1−1/κ)s(Φ1(x)−f(x))\Phi_{s+1}(x)\le f(x)+(1-1/\sqrt\kappa)^s(\Phi_1(x)-f(x))Φs+1​(x)≤f(x)+(1−1/κ​)s(Φ1​(x)−f(x)) for all xxx.
  2. (3.19): f(ys)≤min⁡x∈RnΦs(x)f(y_s)\le\min_{x\in\mathbb R^n}\Phi_s(x)f(ys​)≤minx∈Rn​Φs​(x).
  3. The geometric rate: f(yt)−f(x∗)≤α+β2∥x1−x∗∥2(1−1/κ)t−1f(y_t)-f(x^*)\le\frac{\alpha+\beta}2\|x_1-x^*\|^2(1-1/\sqrt\kappa)^{t-1}f(yt​)−f(x∗)≤2α+β​∥x1​−x∗∥2(1−1/κ​)t−1.
  4. The form Φs(x)=Φs∗+α2∥x−vs∥2\Phi_s(x)=\Phi^*_s+\frac\alpha2\|x-v_s\|^2Φs​(x)=Φs∗​+2α​∥x−vs​∥2 with vsv_svs​ given by (3.21).
  5. The identity (3.22) for Φs+1∗\Phi^*_{s+1}Φs+1∗​.
  6. The inequality (3.20), the inductive step of (3.19).
  7. The coupling vs−xs=κ (xs−ys)v_s-x_s=\sqrt\kappa\,(x_s-y_s)vs​−xs​=κ​(xs​−ys​).

The geometric form in milestone 3 is slightly stronger than the goal, which follows from 1−u≤e−u1-u\le e^{-u}1−u≤e−u.

Significance

Theorem 3.18 gives ε\varepsilonε-accuracy after O(κlog⁡(1/ε))O(\sqrt\kappa\log(1/\varepsilon))O(κ​log(1/ε)) gradient evaluations. Projected gradient descent with step 1/β1/\beta1/β on the same class contracts only at the rate exp⁡(−t/κ)\exp(-t/\kappa)exp(−t/κ) (Theorem 3.10 of the book). The lower bound of Theorem 3.15 shows that no black-box first-order method can do better than ((κ−1)/(κ+1))2(t−1)((\sqrt\kappa-1)/(\sqrt\kappa+1))^{2(t-1)}((κ​−1)/(κ​+1))2(t−1), so the accelerated rate is optimal up to constants. The estimate-sequence argument is the template for many later accelerated methods: proximal, stochastic and variance-reduced variants such as Katyusha, and accelerated coordinate descent.

The result is classical and fully proved on paper. No machine-checked proof of the accelerated rate for strongly convex smooth functions is known to exist in Lean's Mathlib. This mission produces one, with the estimate sequence Φs\Phi_sΦs​, its centres and its minimum values as reusable objects, and with every algebraic identity of the book's proof stated separately.

Difficulty

The algorithm is two lines, but its analysis is not a one-step contraction: neither ∥xt−x∗∥\|x_t-x^*\|∥xt​−x∗∥ nor f(yt)−f(x∗)f(y_t)-f(x^*)f(yt​)−f(x∗) decreases by the factor 1−1/κ1-1/\sqrt\kappa1−1/κ​ at every step. A Lyapunov argument for gradient descent, applied directly to yty_tyt​, gives only the rate 1−1/κ1-1/\kappa1−1/κ. The book obtains the rate through the auxiliary functions Φs\Phi_sΦs​. The inequality (3.18) is easy, but (3.19), that the minimum of Φs\Phi_sΦs​ never drops below f(ys)f(y_s)f(ys​), depends on the exact choice of the momentum factor. It holds only through the identity vs−xs=κ(xs−ys)v_s-x_s=\sqrt\kappa(x_s-y_s)vs​−xs​=κ​(xs​−ys​), which ties the centre of Φs\Phi_sΦs​ to the iterates. Formally, the obstacles are the bookkeeping of the recursive quadratics on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and the algebra in κ\sqrt\kappaκ​, 1/κ1/\sqrt\kappa1/κ​ and 1/(ακ)=κ/β1/(\alpha\sqrt\kappa)=\sqrt\kappa/\beta1/(ακ​)=κ​/β.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The gradient is an explicit map g with HasGradientAt f (g x) x at every point, which is part of the smoothness predicate IsBetaSmooth f g β. Strong convexity is the published definition OnlineConvexOpt.ConvexBasics.StronglyConvexOn Set.univ f g α, which is the book's (3.13).
  • A run of the method is a predicate IsNesterovSCRun g α β x y on two sequences indexed from 111, with x1=y1x_1=y_1x1​=y1​ arbitrary. Every theorem holds for every run, that is, every starting point.
  • κ\kappaκ is kappa α β = β / α. All theorems assume α>0\alpha>0α>0 and β>0\beta>0β>0. The second is implied by the other hypotheses for n≥1n\ge1n≥1; no hypothesis α≤β\alpha\le\betaα≤β is added.
  • The existence of a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ is the book's standing assumption, written as a hypothesis.
  • Φs\Phi_sΦs​, vsv_svs​ and Φs∗=Φs(vs)\Phi^*_s=\Phi_s(v_s)Φs∗​=Φs​(vs​) are explicit recursive definitions. The book's Φs∗=min⁡Φs\Phi^*_s=\min\Phi_sΦs∗​=minΦs​ is recovered by milestone 4, and no real infimum is used. The minimum in (3.19) is stated as f(ys)≤Φs(x)f(y_s)\le\Phi_s(x)f(ys​)≤Φs​(x) for every xxx.
  • The identities of milestones 4, 5 and 7 are algebraic and are stated without convexity or smoothness, for arbitrary sequences or runs.
  • Ruled out as trivializing: a run predicate that drops x1=y1x_1=y_1x1​=y1​ breaks (3.19) at s=1s=1s=1 and is not used. A minimum value Φs∗\Phi^*_sΦs∗​ defined through (3.22) would make that identity a tautology, so Φs∗\Phi^*_sΦs∗​ is defined as a value of Φs\Phi_sΦs​.
  • The definitions are local to the namespace ConvexOptAlg.NesterovStrong. β-smoothness duplicates the predicate of other missions of the series and will be merged afterwards. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and general lemmas on quadratics z↦c+α2∥z−v∥2z\mapsto c+\frac\alpha2\|z-v\|^2z↦c+2α​∥z−v∥2 that the algebraic milestones need.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. arXiv:1405.4980v2, §3.7.1, Theorem 3.18, pp. 290–293.
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Mathematics Doklady 27:372–376, 1983.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimal TransportStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Wasserstein Profile Inference and Applications to Machine Learning 2: ℓp-Regularized Logistic Regression and the Hinge-Loss SVM Are Wasserstein DRO under a Label-Preserving Transport CostResearch Paper

Motivation

Regularized logistic regression and the support vector machine (SVM) are two of the most widely used linear classifiers. Both are usually introduced as empirical risk minimization plus a norm penalty ∥β∥p\|\beta\|_p∥β∥p​ whose size is tuned by cross-validation, with the penalty justified heuristically as a guard against overfitting. Distributionally robust optimization (DRO) offers a different reading: instead of minimizing the average loss on the training sample, minimize the worst average loss over all distributions close to the empirical one. Blanchet, Kang and Murthy (arXiv:1610.05627v4; J. Appl. Probab. 56(3), 2019) show that, for a suitable notion of closeness based on optimal transport, the robust problem and the penalized problem coincide exactly. The penalty is then the price of robustness against perturbations of the predictors, and the regularization parameter becomes the radius of an uncertainty set, which the same paper later chooses by a statistical criterion (the robust Wasserstein profile).

Related earlier work: Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (NIPS 2015) studied Wasserstein-robust logistic regression with a metric that charges a finite price κ\kappaκ for flipping a label, and obtained regularized logistic regression only in the limit κ→∞\kappa \to \inftyκ→∞. The result formalized here is the exact statement at κ=∞\kappa = \inftyκ=∞, together with the analogous statement for the hinge loss.

Setting

Training data are pairs (X1,Y1),…,(Xn,Yn)(X_1,Y_1),\dots,(X_n,Y_n)(X1​,Y1​),…,(Xn​,Yn​) with predictors Xi∈RdX_i \in \mathbb R^dXi​∈Rd and labels Yi∈{−1,+1}Y_i \in \{-1,+1\}Yi​∈{−1,+1}, n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. Their empirical distribution is Pn=1n∑i=1nδ(Xi,Yi)P_n = \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n \delta_{(X_i,Y_i)}Pn​=n1​∑i=1n​δ(Xi​,Yi​)​, a probability measure on Z=Rd×RZ = \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb RZ=Rd×R.

For a cost c:Z×Z→[0,∞]c : Z \times Z \to [0,\infty]c:Z×Z→[0,∞], the optimal transport cost between probability measures PPP and QQQ on ZZZ is

Dc(P,Q)=inf⁡{Eπ[c(U,W)]:π a probability measure on Z×Z, πU=P, πW=Q}.D_c(P,Q) = \inf\big\{\mathbb E_\pi[c(U,W)] : \pi \text{ a probability measure on } Z\times Z,\ \pi_U = P,\ \pi_W = Q\big\}.Dc​(P,Q)=inf{Eπ​[c(U,W)]:π a probability measure on Z×Z, πU​=P, πW​=Q}.

The cost used here is the label-preserving cost: for q∈[1,∞]q \in [1,\infty]q∈[1,∞],

Nq((x,y),(u,v))=∥x−u∥q if y=v,+∞ otherwise.N_q\big((x,y),(u,v)\big) = \|x - u\|_q \text{ if } y = v, \qquad +\infty \text{ otherwise}.Nq​((x,y),(u,v))=∥x−u∥q​ if y=v,+∞ otherwise.

Every distribution PPP with DNq(P,Pn)<∞D_{N_q}(P,P_n) < \inftyDNq​​(P,Pn​)<∞ has the same label distribution as PnP_nPn​; only the predictors are perturbed. The exponent ppp is the conjugate of qqq, 1/p+1/q=11/p + 1/q = 11/p+1/q=1.

The losses are the log-exponential loss log⁡(1+e−yβTx)\log(1 + e^{-y\beta^T x})log(1+e−yβTx) and the hinge loss (1−yβTx)+(1 - y\beta^T x)^+(1−yβTx)+, for a coefficient vector β∈Rd\beta \in \mathbb R^dβ∈Rd. The worst-case expected loss at radius δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 is sup⁡{EP[l]:DNq(P,Pn)≤δ}\sup\{\mathbb E_P[l] : D_{N_q}(P,P_n) \le \delta\}sup{EP​[l]:DNq​​(P,Pn​)≤δ}, the supremum over probability measures PPP on ZZZ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 11)

For every δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 and every β∈Rd\beta \in \mathbb R^dβ∈Rd,

sup⁡P: DNq(P,Pn)≤δEP[log⁡(1+e−YβTX)]=1n∑i=1nlog⁡(1+e−YiβTXi)+δ∥β∥p,\sup_{P:\ D_{N_q}(P,P_n)\le\delta} \mathbb E_P\big[\log(1 + e^{-Y\beta^T X})\big] = \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n \log(1 + e^{-Y_i\beta^T X_i}) + \delta\|\beta\|_p,P: DNq​​(P,Pn​)≤δsup​EP​[log(1+e−YβTX)]=n1​i=1∑n​log(1+e−Yi​βTXi​)+δ∥β∥p​, sup⁡P: DNq(P,Pn)≤δEP[(1−YβTX)+]=1n∑i=1n(1−YiβTXi)++δ∥β∥p,\sup_{P:\ D_{N_q}(P,P_n)\le\delta} \mathbb E_P\big[(1 - Y\beta^T X)^+\big] = \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n (1 - Y_i\beta^T X_i)^+ + \delta\|\beta\|_p,P: DNq​​(P,Pn​)≤δsup​EP​[(1−YβTX)+]=n1​i=1∑n​(1−Yi​βTXi​)++δ∥β∥p​,

and consequently the two identities obtained by taking inf⁡β\inf_{\beta}infβ​ on both sides, which is how the paper prints the theorem.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 10): strong duality, sup⁡P:Dc(P,Pn)≤δEP[l]=min⁡γ≥0{γδ+1n∑iφγ(Xi,Yi)}\sup_{P: D_c(P,P_n)\le\delta}\mathbb E_P[l] = \min_{\gamma\ge0}\{\gamma\delta + \frac1n\sum_i\varphi_\gamma(X_i,Y_i)\}supP:Dc​(P,Pn​)≤δ​EP​[l]=minγ≥0​{γδ+n1​∑i​φγ​(Xi​,Yi​)} with φγ(z0)=sup⁡z{l(z)−γc(z,z0)}\varphi_\gamma(z_0) = \sup_z\{l(z) - \gamma c(z,z_0)\}φγ​(z0​)=supz​{l(z)−γc(z,z0​)}, for a lower semicontinuous cost vanishing on the diagonal, an upper semicontinuous loss and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0.
  2. Logistic inner supremum (proof of Theorem 2, p. 30): sup⁡x{log⁡(1+e−y0βTx)−λ∥x−x0∥q}\sup_x\{\log(1+e^{-y_0\beta^T x}) - \lambda\|x - x_0\|_q\}supx​{log(1+e−y0​βTx)−λ∥x−x0​∥q​} equals the loss at x0x_0x0​ if ∥β∥p≤λ\|\beta\|_p \le \lambda∥β∥p​≤λ and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise.
  3. Logistic outer minimisation (p. 30): the infimum over λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 of δλ\delta\lambdaδλ plus the average of these suprema equals the regularized empirical loss.
  4. Hinge inner supremum (pp. 30–31) and 5. hinge outer minimisation (p. 31): the same two steps for the hinge loss.

Significance

The theorem identifies two standard estimators as exact solutions of a robust decision problem. Consequences: the penalty δ∥β∥p\delta\|\beta\|_pδ∥β∥p​ has a quantitative meaning (the adversary's transport budget), the regularization parameter can be chosen by the paper's robust Wasserstein profile instead of cross-validation, and the norm of the penalty is tied to the geometry of the perturbations (perturbations measured in ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ give an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ penalty). The same identity is the input of the paper's coverage bound (Proposition 6) for ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version is known. The formalization adds a precise statement of the objects involved (couplings with both marginals fixed, an infinite cost across labels, expectations of nonnegative losses with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]), a checked version of the duality step specialised to this cost, and the treatment of boundary cases (δ=0\delta = 0δ=0, β=0\beta = 0β=0, q∈{1,∞}q \in \{1,\infty\}q∈{1,∞}) that the paper does not discuss.

Difficulty

The identities are short once Proposition 1 is available, so the weight of the mission lies in two places. First, Proposition 1 itself is a strong duality theorem for optimal transport over all probability measures on Rd+1\mathbb R^{d+1}Rd+1, with a cost that takes the value +∞+\infty+∞ and an unbounded loss, and with attainment of the dual minimum; it is quoted from Blanchet and Murthy (Math. Oper. Res. 2019) and not proved in this paper. The weak-duality inequality is routine; the reverse inequality requires constructing near-optimal distributions from the dual, which needs measurable selection of near-maximizers and does not follow from finite-dimensional convex duality. Second, the inner suprema require an exact Hölder-attainment argument for the pair of conjugate norms ℓp\ell_pℓp​ and ℓq\ell_qℓq​, including q=1q = 1q=1 and q=∞q = \inftyq=∞, and for the hinge loss a minimax exchange over α∈[0,1]\alpha \in [0,1]α∈[0,1]. Bypassing duality by a direct construction of the worst distribution is possible for the upper value but not obviously for the lower bound at the boundary λ=∥β∥p\lambda = \|\beta\|_pλ=∥β∥p​.

Formalization scope

  • Predictors are Fin d → ℝ, a data point is (Fin d → ℝ) × ℝ with the product Borel σ-algebra, and samples are indexed by Fin n with 0 < n. Labels are real numbers with the hypothesis Yi∈{−1,+1}Y_i \in \{-1,+1\}Yi​∈{−1,+1}, which Theorem 2 inherits from Example 2; the cost NqN_qNq​ is defined on all of Rd×R\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb RRd×R.
  • The ℓq\ell_qℓq​ norm is the norm of PiLp q, with q p : ℝ≥0∞ and p.HolderConjugate q; q=1q = 1q=1 and q=∞q = \inftyq=∞ are included, and no further restriction on qqq is imposed.
  • The transport cost is an infimum in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] over probability measures on Z×ZZ\times ZZ×Z with both marginals fixed. Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals of the nonnegative losses, and the worst case is a supremum in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] over probability measures. The empirical distribution is the published platform definition WassersteinDRO.Regularization.empiricalDistribution.
  • Readings. The paper prints the SVM identity without inf⁡β\inf_\betainfβ​ on the right; the goal states the per-β\betaβ identities (what the proof establishes) and the identities of infima with inf⁡β\inf_\betainfβ​ on both sides. The proof's displays write the transport norm as ∥⋅∥p\|\cdot\|_p∥⋅∥p​ and the penalty as ∥β∥q\|\beta\|_q∥β∥q​, the reverse of the theorem; milestones use the theorem's convention. The logistic chain's printed indicators 1{λ>∥β∥}\mathbf 1_{\{\lambda>\|\beta\|\}}1{λ>∥β∥}​, ∞1{λ≤∥β∥}\infty\mathbf 1_{\{\lambda\le\|\beta\|\}}∞1{λ≤∥β∥}​ should read ≥\ge≥ and <<<; the stated end-to-end identity is unaffected. Proposition 1 is stated with a fixed nonnegative loss and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: a cost infimum over sub-probability couplings or with one marginal free, or a Bochner expectation that vanishes on non-integrable laws, would make the worst case +∞+\infty+∞ or 000; the definitions here fix both marginals, use probability measures only and integrate in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. At δ=0\delta = 0δ=0 the ball is {Pn}\{P_n\}{Pn​} and both sides reduce to the empirical loss.
  • Infrastructure needed: optimal-transport duality with extended-valued lower semicontinuous costs (reusable well beyond this mission), Hölder equality cases for PiLp, and calculus for the logistic function. Contributions to any of these are welcome, as are proofs of the inner suprema, which are independent of Proposition 1.

Selected references

  • J. Blanchet, Y. Kang, K. Murthy, Robust Wasserstein Profile Inference and Applications to Machine Learning, J. Appl. Probab. 56(3), 2019; arXiv:1610.05627v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.05627
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport, Math. Oper. Res. 44(2), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Distributionally Robust Logistic Regression, NIPS 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1509.09259
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity VIII: No Black-Box Method Beats 3β‖x₁ − x*‖²/(32(t + 1)²) on β-Smooth Convex FunctionsTextbook

Why lower bounds for first-order methods

Upper bounds for an optimization method say how fast it converges; oracle complexity lower bounds say how fast any method of a given kind can possibly converge. Chapter 3 of S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 2015, arXiv:1405.4980) proves upper bounds for subgradient descent on Lipschitz functions and for gradient methods on smooth functions. Section 3.5 (Lower bounds, pp. 279–283) shows that these rates cannot be improved by more than a numerical constant, as long as the number of queries is smaller than the dimension. For smooth convex functions the matching lower bound is what identifies Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent, with its 1/t21/t^21/t2 rate, as an optimal method.

Timeline. The lower bounds first appeared in A. Nemirovski and D. Yudin, Problem Complexity and Method Efficiency in Optimization (Wiley, 1983). The presentation followed by the book, with an explicit tridiagonal quadratic as the hard instance and the "span of past gradients" restriction on the method, is that of Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization (Kluwer, 2004), §2.1.2. Nesterov's accelerated method (1983) attains the matching upper bound.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y, coordinates x(1),…,x(n)x(1),\dots,x(n)x(1),…,x(n), canonical basis e1,…,ene_1,\dots,e_ne1​,…,en​ and balls B2(R)={x:∥x∥≤R}\mathrm B_2(R)=\{x:\|x\|\le R\}B2​(R)={x:∥x∥≤R}. A first-order oracle for fff answers a query xxx with a subgradient g∈∂f(x)g\in\partial f(x)g∈∂f(x) (the gradient when fff is differentiable). A black-box procedure maps the history (x1,g1,…,xt,gt)(x_1,g_1,\dots,x_t,g_t)(x1​,g1​,…,xt​,gt​) to the next query xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​. Section 3.5 restricts attention to procedures with

x1=0,xt+1∈Span(g1,…,gt)(t≥0),(3.15)x_1=0,\qquad x_{t+1}\in\mathrm{Span}(g_1,\dots,g_t)\quad(t\ge0), \tag{3.15}x1​=0,xt+1​∈Span(g1​,…,gt​)(t≥0),(3.15)

which covers gradient descent, its accelerated variants and conjugate gradient. A function is β\betaβ-smooth if its gradient is β\betaβ-Lipschitz; LLL-Lipschitz on X\mathcal XX if every subgradient at every point of X\mathcal XX has norm at most LLL; α\alphaα-strongly convex if x↦f(x)−α2∥x∥2x\mapsto f(x)-\frac\alpha2\|x\|^2x↦f(x)−2α​∥x∥2 is convex.

The hard smooth instance uses, for k≤nk\le nk≤n, the symmetric tridiagonal matrix AkA_kAk​ with entries 222 on the first kkk diagonal positions and −1-1−1 on the neighbouring off-diagonal positions of the leading k×kk\times kk×k block, zero elsewhere, and the quadratics

fk(x)=β8x⊤Akx−β4x⊤e1,fk∗=inf⁡x∈Rnfk(x).f_k(x)=\frac\beta8x^\top A_kx-\frac\beta4x^\top e_1 ,\qquad f_k^*=\inf_{x\in\mathbb R^n}f_k(x).fk​(x)=8β​x⊤Ak​x−4β​x⊤e1​,fk∗​=x∈Rninf​fk​(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.14 (p. 282)

For 1≤t≤n−121\le t\le\frac{n-1}21≤t≤2n−1​ and β>0\beta>0β>0 there are a β\betaβ-smooth convex fff and a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ such that every procedure satisfying (3.15) has

min⁡1≤s≤tf(xs)−f(x∗) ≥ 3β32 ∥x1−x∗∥2(t+1)2.\min_{1\le s\le t}f(x_s)-f(x^*)\ \ge\ \frac{3\beta}{32}\,\frac{\|x_1-x^*\|^2}{(t+1)^2}.1≤s≤tmin​f(xs​)−f(x∗) ≥ 323β​(t+1)2∥x1​−x∗∥2​.

The constant 3/323/323/32 is the book's.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3.14, pp. 282–283)

  1. 0⪯Ak⪯4In0\preceq A_k\preceq4I_n0⪯Ak​⪯4In​, through x⊤Akx=x(1)2+x(k)2+∑i=1k−1(x(i)−x(i+1))2x^\top A_kx=x(1)^2+x(k)^2+\sum_{i=1}^{k-1}(x(i)-x(i+1))^2x⊤Ak​x=x(1)2+x(k)2+∑i=1k−1​(x(i)−x(i+1))2.
  2. For f=f2t+1f=f_{2t+1}f=f2t+1​ and any procedure satisfying (3.15), xs∈Span(e1,…,es−1)x_s\in\mathrm{Span}(e_1,\dots,e_{s-1})xs​∈Span(e1​,…,es−1​); hence f(xs)=fs(xs)f(x_s)=f_s(x_s)f(xs​)=fs​(xs​) for s≤ts\le ts≤t.
  3. xk∗(i)=1−ik+1x_k^*(i)=1-\frac i{k+1}xk∗​(i)=1−k+1i​ solves Akx=e1A_kx=e_1Ak​x=e1​, minimizes fkf_kfk​, and fk∗=−β8(1−1k+1)f_k^*=-\frac\beta8\bigl(1-\frac1{k+1}\bigr)fk∗​=−8β​(1−k+11​).
  4. ∥xk∗∥2≤k+13\|x_k^*\|^2\le\frac{k+1}3∥xk∗​∥2≤3k+1​.
  5. ft∗−f2t+1∗=β8(1t+1−12t+2)≥3β32∥x2t+1∗∥2(t+1)2f_t^*-f_{2t+1}^*=\frac\beta8\bigl(\frac1{t+1}-\frac1{2t+2}\bigr)\ge\frac{3\beta}{32}\frac{\|x^*_{2t+1}\|^2}{(t+1)^2}ft∗​−f2t+1∗​=8β​(t+11​−2t+21​)≥323β​(t+1)2∥x2t+1∗​∥2​.

Companion: Theorem 3.13 (p. 280)

For 1≤t≤n1\le t\le n1≤t≤n and L,R>0L,R>0L,R>0 there are a convex fff, LLL-Lipschitz on B2(R)\mathrm B_2(R)B2​(R), and a first-order oracle for it such that every procedure satisfying (3.15) has min⁡s≤tf(xs)−min⁡B2(R)f≥RL2(1+t)\min_{s\le t}f(x_s)-\min_{\mathrm B_2(R)}f\ge\frac{RL}{2(1+\sqrt t)}mins≤t​f(xs​)−minB2​(R)​f≥2(1+t​)RL​; and for α>0\alpha>0α>0 there are an α\alphaα-strongly convex fff, LLL-Lipschitz on B2(L2α)\mathrm B_2(\frac L{2\alpha})B2​(2αL​), and an oracle with gap at least L28αt\frac{L^2}{8\alpha t}8αtL2​ over that ball.

Significance

The upper bounds of Chapter 3 (projected subgradient descent at rate RL/tRL/\sqrt tRL/t​, accelerated gradient descent at rate β∥x1−x∗∥2/t2\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2/t^2β∥x1​−x∗∥2/t2) become optimal statements only through these lower bounds: no method in the class (3.15) can be faster by more than a constant factor while ttt is below the dimension. The restriction to t≲nt\lesssim nt≲n is necessary, since Chapter 2's cutting-plane methods converge exponentially once the number of queries exceeds the dimension.

The results are classical and proved. Formalizing them yields machine-checked versions of the quadratic-form computation for the tridiagonal matrix, of the Krylov-type support argument under (3.15), and of the explicit minimizer of fkf_kfk​, each reusable in other lower-bound arguments (Theorem 3.15 in ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​, lower bounds for strongly convex smooth functions, conjugate gradient analyses). The platform held no formal statement of these oracle lower bounds when this mission was drafted.

Difficulty

Each analytic step is elementary; the difficulty is in the bookkeeping. The span argument is an induction that must track, at each step, that the gradient of a tridiagonal quadratic at a vector supported on the first s−1s-1s−1 coordinates is supported on the first sss, and that the span hypothesis transfers this to the next query. The minimizer computation requires solving Akx=e1A_kx=e_1Ak​x=e1​ on the leading block and showing that the coordinates beyond kkk do not affect fkf_kfk​. A natural first attempt, choosing the hard function after seeing the procedure, proves a much weaker statement and is excluded by the quantifier order: the function is fixed first and must defeat every procedure.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Coordinates in Lean are 0-based; the definitions provide the book's 1-based coordinate coord x i and basis vector basisVec n i, and the matrix tridiag n k translates book index iii to Fin n index i−1i-1i−1. The query sequence starts at index 111. The oracle is a fixed map ggg, so (3.15) reads xt+1∈Span(g(x1),…,g(xt))x_{t+1}\in\mathrm{Span}(g(x_1),\dots,g(x_t))xt+1​∈Span(g(x1​),…,g(xt​)) with x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. In Theorem 3.14 the oracle is the gradient, given as a map with HasGradientAt everywhere; β\betaβ-smoothness is the Lipschitz bound on that map. In Theorem 3.13 the oracle is part of what is constructed, because the book's proof uses a specific "resisting" subgradient selection and the claim fails for an arbitrary one.

Committed conventions, each stated in the item's Formalization Note: the minimum over 1≤s≤t1\le s\le t1≤s≤t is the bound for every such sss, and t≥1t\ge1t≥1 is required; t≤(n−1)/2t\le(n-1)/2t≤(n−1)/2 is 2t+1≤n2t+1\le n2t+1≤n; the minimizer x∗x^*x∗ is existentially chosen together with fff (the hard function has many minimizers when 2t+1<n2t+1<n2t+1<n, and the bound is false for some of them); the minimum over a ball is the bound against every point of the ball; fk∗f_k^*fk∗​ is the real infimum, asserted to be attained.

A formalization that let the function depend on the procedure, dropped x1=0x_1=0x1​=0, or took the span over gradients at points other than the queries would state a different and weaker theorem; the statements here keep fff (and the oracle) before the universally quantified procedure.

Infrastructure needed: quadratic forms of explicit matrices on EuclideanSpace, gradients of quadratics, and span/support lemmas for EuclideanSpace.single-type vectors. Contributions of proofs for any milestone, and of the strongly convex ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ lower bound (Theorem 3.15, not included here), are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
  • A. Nemirovski and D. Yudin, Problem Complexity and Method Efficiency in Optimization, Wiley, 1983.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Robust Solutions in Two-Stage Stochastic and Adaptive Optimization Problems 1: For Symmetric Right-Hand-Side Uncertainty, the Robust Optimum Is at Most Twice the Stochastic OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Many planning problems are made in two stages: a first decision xxx (capacity, inventory, a network design) is fixed before an uncertain demand is revealed, and a second decision yyy (recourse, routing, overtime) is taken afterwards. Two-stage stochastic optimization models the demand as random and minimizes expected cost; its second stage is a whole policy ω↦y(ω)\omega\mapsto y(\omega)ω↦y(ω), and the problem is intractable in general, especially with integer variables (Dyer and Stougie, 2006). Robust optimization instead picks one static pair (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) that is feasible for every possible demand and minimizes its worst-case cost; it is a single deterministic mixed-integer program and needs no knowledge of the distribution (Ben-Tal and Nemirovski, 2002; Bertsimas and Sim, 2004).

The question this mission addresses is how much is lost by solving the robust problem in place of the stochastic one. Bertsimas and Goyal (Math. Oper. Res. 2010) show that when only the right-hand side is uncertain, the uncertainty set is symmetric and the distribution is centred at its point of symmetry, the loss is at most a factor of two, and that this factor is tight.

Setting

Fix A∈Rm×n1A\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_1}A∈Rm×n1​, B∈Rm×n2B\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_2}B∈Rm×n2​ and nonnegative costs c∈R+n1c\in\mathbb R^{n_1}_+c∈R+n1​​, d∈R+n2d\in\mathbb R^{n_2}_+d∈R+n2​​. A set Ω\OmegaΩ of scenarios carries a probability measure μ\muμ, and each scenario ω\omegaω has a right-hand side b(ω)∈R+mb(\omega)\in\mathbb R^m_+b(ω)∈R+m​. The uncertainty set is Ib(Ω)={b(ω):ω∈Ω}\mathcal I_b(\Omega)=\{b(\omega):\omega\in\Omega\}Ib​(Ω)={b(ω):ω∈Ω}. First-stage variables are nonnegative, with integer values on a designated set of coordinates; second-stage variables are nonnegative reals (p2=0p_2=0p2​=0).

The stochastic problem ΠStoch(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)ΠStoch​(b), (1.1), chooses xxx and a policy y(⋅)y(\cdot)y(⋅):

zStoch(b)=inf⁡ cTx+Eμ[dTy(ω)]s.t.Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω)  ∀ω∈Ω.z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)=\inf\ c^Tx+\mathbb E_\mu[d^Ty(\omega)]\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax+By(\omega)\ge b(\omega)\ \ \forall\omega\in\Omega .zStoch​(b)=inf cTx+Eμ​[dTy(ω)]s.t.Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω)  ∀ω∈Ω.

The robust problem ΠRob(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)ΠRob​(b), (1.2), chooses one yyy for all scenarios:

zRob(b)=inf⁡ cTx+dTys.t.Ax+By≥b(ω)  ∀ω∈Ω.z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)=\inf\ c^Tx+d^Ty\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax+By\ge b(\omega)\ \ \forall\omega\in\Omega .zRob​(b)=inf cTx+dTys.t.Ax+By≥b(ω)  ∀ω∈Ω.

A set PPP is symmetric (Definition 1.2) if there is u0∈Pu^0\in Pu0∈P with u0+z∈P  ⟺  u0−z∈Pu^0+z\in P\iff u^0-z\in Pu0+z∈P⟺u0−z∈P for all zzz; u0u^0u0 is its point of symmetry. Hypercubes, ellipsoids and norm balls are symmetric. A probability measure on a symmetric set is symmetric (Definition 1.4) if it gives a set and its reflection {2u0−x}\{2u^0-x\}{2u0−x} the same mass.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 (p. 10)

If Ib(Ω)\mathcal I_b(\Omega)Ib​(Ω) is symmetric with point of symmetry b(ω0)b(\omega^0)b(ω0), p2=0p_2=0p2​=0, and μ\muμ satisfies

Eμ[b(ω)] ≥ b(ω0)(2.1)\mathbb E_\mu[b(\omega)]\ \ge\ b(\omega^0)\qquad(2.1)Eμ​[b(ω)] ≥ b(ω0)(2.1)

then

zRob(b) ≤ 2⋅zStoch(b).z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)\ \le\ 2\cdot z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b).zRob​(b) ≤ 2⋅zStoch​(b).

Milestones on the way

  • Lemma 2.2 (p. 12): the coordinatewise bounding box HHH of a symmetric set SSS is the smallest hypercube containing SSS.
  • Lemma 2.3 (p. 12): the centre x0x^0x0 of HHH is the point of symmetry of SSS, and x≤2x0x\le 2x^0x≤2x0 on SSS when S⊆R+nS\subseteq\mathbb R^n_+S⊆R+n​.
  • Eqs. (2.9)–(2.10) (p. 13): if (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) covers b(ω0)b(\omega^0)b(ω0) then (2x,2y)(2x,2y)(2x,2y) covers every b(ω)b(\omega)b(ω), so it is robust feasible.
  • p. 14 display: under (2.1), the mean second-stage decision Eμ[y(ω)]\mathbb E_\mu[y(\omega)]Eμ​[y(ω)] covers b(ω0)b(\omega^0)b(ω0).
  • Lemma 2.1 (p. 11): a symmetric probability measure has mean u0u^0u0, so it satisfies (2.1).
  • Theorem 2.7 (p. 21): the same bound zRob(b)≤2 zStoch(b)z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)\le 2\,z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)zRob​(b)≤2zStoch​(b) when Ib(Ω)\mathcal I_b(\Omega)Ib​(Ω) is convex and positive (contained in a symmetric subset of R+m\mathbb R^m_+R+m​ whose centre lies in Ib(Ω)\mathcal I_b(\Omega)Ib​(Ω)).

Significance

The result. The robust problem is one mixed-integer program, independent of μ\muμ; the stochastic problem optimizes over policies and requires the distribution. Theorem 2.1 says that under symmetry the static robust solution (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) used in every scenario is a 2-approximation of the optimal expected cost, for every centred distribution at once. The companion results of the paper show the hypotheses matter: the bound is tight for symmetric sets, the gap is unbounded (at least n+1n+1n+1) on the non-symmetric simplex (Theorem 2.6), and unbounded when costs are uncertain as well (Theorem 3.1). The theorem also underlies later work on the power of static and affine policies in adaptive optimization (Bertsimas and Goyal, 2012).

Formalizing it. The theorem and its proof are published; nothing in this mission is open mathematics. To our knowledge none of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a reusable Lean model of two-stage stochastic and robust mixed-integer covering problems with arbitrary scenario spaces, extended-real optimal values and genuine expectations, together with the elementary geometry of point-symmetric sets. The same objects are used by the other missions of this series (the simplex and cost-uncertainty gaps, and the adaptability gap).

Difficulty

Each step of the published argument is short; the difficulty is in stating it at the right generality. The paper begins "consider an optimal solution" of ΠStoch(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)ΠStoch​(b); optimal policies need not exist for an arbitrary scenario space, so the statement is about infima and every step must work for an arbitrary feasible pair. Passing from "Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω)Ax+By(\omega)\ge b(\omega)Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω) for all ω\omegaω" to "Ax+B Eμ[y]≥Eμ[b]Ax+B\,\mathbb E_\mu[y]\ge\mathbb E_\mu[b]Ax+BEμ​[y]≥Eμ​[b]" needs integrability of the policy and of bbb and linearity of the Bochner integral through a matrix. The bound b(ω)≤2b(ω0)b(\omega)\le 2b(\omega^0)b(ω)≤2b(ω0) uses symmetry together with nonnegativity of the uncertainty set; symmetry alone does not give it. Integrality of the second stage breaks the argument, since Eμ[y(ω)]\mathbb E_\mu[y(\omega)]Eμ​[y(ω)] need not be integral.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin k → ℝ with the componentwise order, products A *ᵥ x and inner products c ⬝ᵥ x. The mixed-integer domain is "nonnegative with integer values on a set III of coordinates", which is the paper's R+n−p×Z+p\mathbb R^{n-p}_+\times\mathbb Z^p_+R+n−p​×Z+p​ up to relabelling.
  • Ω\OmegaΩ is an arbitrary measurable space with a probability measure; Ib(Ω)\mathcal I_b(\Omega)Ib​(Ω) is Set.range b. Constraints hold for every scenario, not almost surely.
  • Second-stage policies are μ\muμ-integrable, and bbb is μ\muμ-integrable in every statement that uses (2.1). Without these, Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 000 and (2.1) would degenerate.
  • zStochz_{\mathrm{Stoch}}zStoch​ and zRobz_{\mathrm{Rob}}zRob​ are infima in EReal, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible; no attainment is assumed. A real-valued infimum would return 000 on an infeasible robust problem and make the goal trivial; that formalization is ruled out.
  • The bounding box of (2.5)–(2.7) uses suprema and infima, with boundedness assumed where needed.
  • Corrections to the page: Lemma 2.3's inequality x≤2x0x\le 2x^0x≤2x0 is stated under S⊆R+nS\subseteq\mathbb R^n_+S⊆R+n​, which its proof uses and which holds in every application; Lemma 2.1 assumes the measure has a mean; Theorem 2.7 carries the standing assumption p2=0p_2=0p2​=0 of §2.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones and the goal, and general lemmas on point-symmetric sets and on interchanging Bochner integrals with matrix–vector products, both reusable outside this mission.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power of robust solutions in two-stage stochastic and adaptive optimization problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(2), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1090.0440 (cited from the authors' manuscript, MIT DSpace)
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust optimization — methodology and applications, Mathematical Programming 92, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s101070100286
  • D. Bertsimas, M. Sim, The price of robustness, Operations Research 52(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0065
  • M. Dyer, L. Stougie, Computational complexity of stochastic programming problems, Mathematical Programming 106, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0578-0
  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power and limitations of affine policies in two-stage adaptive optimization, Mathematical Programming 134, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 35 of 69Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me